Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Marine Shipping / Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA

0p0t.l · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker 0p0t.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Marine Shipping
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Key figures – 
consolidated 
accounts

2017

2019

2016

2018

INCOME STATEMENT

Total	income	*

Operating	profit	before	amortisation	and	impairment	(EBITDA)*

Operating	profit	*

Profit/(loss)	before	tax	*

Net	profit/(loss)	*

Net	profit/(loss)	after	non-controlling	interests	*

BALANCE SHEET

Non	current	assets

Current	assets

Equity

Interest-bearing	debt	**

Total	assets

KEY FINANCIAL FIGURES
Cash	flow	from	operation	(1)
Liquid	funds	at	31	December	(2)
Liquidy	ratio	(3)
Equity	ratio	(4)

YIELD
Return	on	equity	(5)

	850	

	149	

	78	

 144 

	130	

 114 

	871	

	78	

 36 

	(86)	

 (75) 

	(69)	

	793	

	198	

 176 

 253 

 (2) 

 (64) 

	930	

 116 

	94	

 151 

 251 

	201	

2015

2014

 3 173 

	3	693	

	398	

 165 

	48	

 57 

 54 

 566 

	381	

 273 

	292	

 241 

	2	638	

 2 467 

 2 637 

	3	781	

 655 

 612 

 636 

	914	

 3 566 

	1	120	

	3	687	

 1 152 

	2	082	

	2	017	

	2	188	

	583	

 533 

	601	

	2	492	

 1 533 

	2	206	

	1	660	

	2	329	

	1	693	

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

USD	mill

3	293

3	079

3 273

4	695

	4	686	

4	839

USD	mill

USD	mill

%

%

	98	

 255 

	1.2	

63%

 62 

 227 

	1.1	

66%

	70	

	268	

	1.4	

67%

	420	

	580	

	1.9	

53%

	258	

	638	

	1.7	

47%

 241 

	688	

	2.1	

48%

6%

(4%)

(3%)

11%

2%

13%

KEY FIGURES PER SHARE
Earnings	per	share	(6)
Operating	profit	before	amortisation	and	impairment	(EBITDA)	per	share	(7)*
Average	number	of	shares	outstanding

Dividend	per	share

USD

USD

	2.46	

	3.24	

	(1.48)	

	1.68	

	(1.38)	

	4.26	

	4.34	

	2.51	

	1.16	

	8.55	

	5.20	

	12.18	

Thousand

	45	948	

	46	404	

	46	404	

	46	404	

	46	404	

	46	404	

NOK

5.00

5.50

5.00

5.00

5.00

5.00

Definition
(1)	 Net	cash	flow	from	operating	activities
(2)	 Cash,	bank	deposits	and	current	financial	investments
(3)	 Current	assets	divided	by	current	liabilities
(4)	 Equity	in	percent	of	total	assets
(5)	 Profit	after	tax	divided	by	average	equity
(6)	 Profit	for	the	period	after	non-controlling	interests,	divided	by	average	number	of	shares

	 Earnings	per	share	taking	into	consideration	the	number	of	shares	reduced	for	own	shares

(7)	 Operating	profit	for	the	period	adjusted	for	depreciation	and	impairments	of	assets,	divided	by	average	number	of	shares	outstanding

	*		 Figures	for	2016	are	restated	with	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	ASA	reported	as	discontinued	operation.	

	 Figures	for	2015,	and	2014	are	according	to	the	proportinate	method.	

	**		Figures	for	2019	including	leasing	debt	of	USD	181	mill.

	
	
Highlights
for 2019

Positive
development in 
operating result

Developing new 
marine products 
and services

Strong increase in
vessels on full 
technical management

Net gain
on financial 
assets

Share buy back and 
dividend of NOK 5.00 
per share

6%
shareholder 
return

Content

10
12

16
18
19
21

24
25
26
27
28
29
29

38
40
40
40
41
42
43
44
50

1 – Group CEO’s statement
Despite black swans and market corrections, 
our long-term ambition is unchanged

2 – Directors’ report
Main development and strategic direction
Financial results
Business segments
	 Maritime	services
	 Supply	services
	 Holding	and	investments
Risk review
Health, working environment and safety
Organisation and people development
Corporate governance
Sustainability
Allocation of profit, dividend and shares
Outlook

3 – Accounts and notes
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA group
Income statement
Comprehensive income
Balance sheet
Cash flow statement
Equity
Accounting policies
Notes

92
94
94
94
95
96
97
114

4 – Accounts and notes parent company
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA parent company
Income statement
Comprehensive income
Balance sheet
Cash flow statement
Notes
Statement on the remuneration for senior executives

116

Auditor’s report

121

Responsibility statement

124
126

5 – Corporate governance
Corporate governance report

134
138
138
139
140

6 – Corporate structure
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group main structure
Holding and investments segment
Supply services segment
Maritime services segment

Enabling 
sustainable 
global trade

Back in 2005, we developed the Orcelle concept – a zero emissions 
vessel. At the time, we said this could become a reality by 2025, which 
quite frankly seemed very far away. It seemed far not just in time, but 
in terms of both technology and the industry’s ability and willingness 
to invest in the changes required. Orcelle was a drastic step in a 
sustainable future, especially in 2005 terms. Fast forward to 2020 
and not only is 2025 right on our doorstep, but so are the elements of 
the vessel and the industry, which is ripe for change. For us, enabling 
sustainable global trade is not just about managing what is right in front 
of us, it’s also about shaping what could come next.

1
Group
CEO’s
statement

Group CEO’s statement

Despite black swans and 
market corrections, our long-
term ambition is unchanged

We believe in the positive benefits global trade can have for 
society – and we believe global trade will grow. At the same 
time, continued economic growth and increased global 
trade cannot happen at the expense of the environment 
or our future generations’ needs. My ambition is for 
the Wilhelmsen group to be at the forefront, enabling 
sustainable global trade. 

I don’t believe in any app or a technology that will 
substantially reduce the need for, or replace, global 
trade in the decades to come. We must therefore look 
at how we can contribute to making global trade truly 
sustainable through other means. 

Long-term goals drive actions now
We support the Paris agreement and a net zero greenhouse 
gas emission target for society. With expectations 
and requirements set by governments, international 
organisations, other players in our industry, employees 
and not least our customers, we need to be able to step  
up and play our part. 

I don’t believe we will reach our ambitions by hoping for 
the best. Change will require substantial investments, 
dedication, and hard work. Through our offshore 
wind investments, 3D printing, Massterly project with 
autonomous ships, smart ropes, and zero emission 
terminals to mention just a few examples, we have 
shown that we are able to deliver sustainable products 
and services here and now. 

By 2030, I envision that we will have further developed 
these solutions and that a substantial part of our group 
portfolio will be related to safer, smarter and greener 
offerings. With our expertise, resources, and ambitions 
we have the best foundation to take the lead, or be active 
in contributing to reaching many of the ambitious, global 
targets set for the next decades. These include a 50% 
reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from shipping as a 
whole and a substantial increase in the use of renewable 
energy. We also see ourselves continuing to play an active 
role in reducing marine litter and pollution. And last, but 

not least, we are well-positioned to contribute to search for 
new potential in the unexplored areas of the ocean.

We will utilise technology, legal requirements, and changing 
customer and supplier behaviour to ensure we continue 
to deliver operational excellence to our customers. At the 
same time, we need to accelerate the transformation of 
our businesses to meet tomorrow’s expectations. We will 
also continue to take advantage of our global presence and 
network, competence, brand, and culture, and retain, attract 
and develop the people necessary to take us into the future. 

A global team effort 
The UN Sustainable Development Goals help us to imagine 
where we need to be heading and kick-start a healthy and 
much needed discussion on the challenges we need to 
begin to tackle, hurdles we need to overcome. The goals 
also help us see and explore new business opportunities.   

Our long-term strategy is securely aligned with the goals. 
However, the challenges we are facing will not be solved 
by any single person, company or government alone, 
this requires a global effort. In addition to cross-company 
collaboration within the group, I foresee a stronger 
cooperation within the maritime industry and even 
across industries to truly make a significant impact. 

My commitment  
We believe the potential for creating value in the ocean-based 
industries will increase in the coming decades. That is why we 
want the world to see the oceans and the sustainable players 
in the ocean industry as part of the solution to tackle some 
of our times biggest challenges. I am committed to ensuring 
that we, together with our customers and business partners, 
take our share of the responsibility. We already have 159 years 
of experience in changing and adapting to requirements from 
the society, our customers, and our employees. With the 
current momentum from customers, employees, financial 
institutions, shareholders and other industry players, I see 
a stronger commitment than ever to explore and invest in 
tomorrow’s solutions. Together we will enable sustainable 
global trade and shape the maritime industry.

12

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019

GroupWhen I started writing this 
statement, the COVID-19 
outbreak was already present 
in parts of the world. However, 
I don’t think any of us could 
have foreseen the seismic 
impact the virus would have 
on the world. Now, at the 
beginning of April 2020, it is 
impossible to predict what its 
final and long-term effects 
will be. 

I have decided to still share 
my original thoughts about the 
future, but also recognise the 
need to add one reflection. 
The corona virus can be seen 
as the ultimate ‘acid test’ 
for just how we want to do 
business when things are 
better and back to ‘normal’. 
Who is – in spite of the current 
situation – still committed to 
contributing to the Sustainable 
Development Goals and will 
continue to walk the talk? 
Time will tell. 

Despite the consequences of 
COVID-19, we have a long-
term outlook. We will do what 
we can to get through with 
as limited an impact on our 
employees, customers, and 
shareholders as possible. Our 
and my commitment is still to 
shape the maritime industry 
and enable sustainable global 
trade.  

Stay safe.

Thomas Wilhelmsen, group CEO

The 
decarbonisation 
of shipping

By 2050, the International Maritime Organization’s (IMO) future emissions 
strategy calls for a reduction in total greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by at 
least 50%, compared with 2008 – while simultaneously pursuing efforts to 
eliminate them entirely. The decarbonisation challenge for shipping is disruptive 
and transformational. It will require massive investments and will affect every 
part of the industry and value chain. We have a proactive approach, seeking 
out opportunities for new ventures and partnering with other serious actors 
to develop and advance new technologies and energy solutions. In addition to 
enabling modal shifts from road to sea and exploring opportunities linked to 
autonomous shipping, we are accelerating digitalization, connectivity and 
energy efficiency for the maritime industry. 

2
Directors’
report

Directors’ report 
for 2019

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Main development and strategic direction
The Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding group 
(Wilhelmsen or group) is an industrial holding 
company within the maritime industry. The 
group activities are carried out through fully 
and partly owned entities, most of which 
are among the market leaders within their 
segments. Wilhelmsen’s ambition is to develop 
companies within maritime services, shipping, 
logistics, and related infrastructure through 
active ownership.

The markets in which Wilhelmsen operates had 
mixed development in 2019. Global trade faced 
headwind, effected by geopolitical tension and 
the need to adjust to a more sustainable future. 
While reduced volumes hit car carriers and 
other operators, the general shipping market 
improved on the back of a tighter tonnage 
situation. Environmental related measures 
such as IMO 2020 created both operational 
challenges and new business opportunities.

The maritime services subsidiaries deliver 
value creating solutions to the global 
merchant fleet, focusing on marine products, 
ships agency and ship management. In 2019, 
further progress was made on spare parts 3D 
printing, cargo hold cleaning chemicals, rope 
technology, and vessel performance systems. 
The gradual improvement in underlying 
operating margin continued in 2019, 
supported by an increase in sale of marine 
products and in vessels on full technical 
management.

For supply services, the offshore oil and gas 
industry remains the largest customer base, 
but with a gradual shift into other areas 
such as governmental services and offshore 
wind. In 2019, further expansion was made 
in offshore wind and a pilot was initiated to 
develop liquid hydrogen supply chain for 
maritime applications in Norway. Underlying 
operating profit was some down for the year.

In this market environment, the Wilhelmsen 
operating companies continued to do what 
they do best: delivering premium services and 
new sustainable solutions to its customers, 
while at the same time tightly managing the 
cost base. This resulted in an improved 
operating profit for the year, both in reported 
figures and when adjusting for non-recurring 
items. 

The group’s investment activities, including 
ownership in Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA, 
Hyundai Glovis and Qube, made a strong 
contribution to the group’s results in 2019. 
While the uplift in share price for the two 
largest investments was modest, cash flow 
improved strongly through introduction of 
dividend in Wallenius Wilhelmsen and a solid 
gain from sale of some of the Qube shares. 

Highlights 
for 2019

• Drive to enable sustainable  
  global trade
• Positive development 
  in operating result
• Net gain on financial asset
• Developing new marine  
  products and services
• Strong increase in
  vessels on full technical 
  management
• Share-buy back
• Paid dividend of 
  NOK 5.00 per share
• 6% shareholder return

18

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019The Wilhelmsen group maintains a strong 
equity base. In 2019, total equity was up 3% 
and equity to holders of parent reached 
USD 1 880 million. A strong cash flow from 
operation and an increase in financial assets 
value supported a total USD 56 million pay-
out to Wilhelmsen shareholders in form of 
dividend and buy-back of shares. Total assets 
were up 7% for the year partly due to IFRS 16 
accounting, reducing the group equity ratio  
to a still strong 63%.

Liquidity also remains strong. Cash and 
cash equivalents totalled USD 153 million by 
end of 2019, increasing to USD 930 million 
if including financial investments. The debt 
repayment profile for the group remains 
healthy.

Wilhelmsen’s goal is to provide shareholders 
with a high return over time through a 
combination of rising value for the company’s 
shares and payment of dividend. The objective 
is to have consistent yearly dividend paid 
twice annually.

The long-term incentive plan for the 
executive management is based on a positive 
development in the group’s value adjusted 
equity above set thresholds. This aligns the 
long-term interests of shareholders and 
management. The same measures have 
also been introduced as part of the short-
term incentive plan for holding company 
employees. 

After a fall in 2018, the WWI/WWIB share price 
recovered some lost ground in 2019. Total 
return (including dividends reinvested on 
ex-dates) was 5.8% for the WWI share and 7.2% 
for the WWIB share, trailing the 16.5% increase 
in the Oslo Børs Benchmark index (source 
Oslo Børs Exchange Annual statistics).

A total dividend of NOK 5.00 per share was 
paid in 2019. A first dividend of NOK 2.50 was 
paid in May, followed by a second dividend of 
NOK 2.50 paid in November. This represented 
a dividend yield of 3.1% based on the average 
WWI/WWIB share price by the end of 2018.

2019 was the year when the global maritime 
industry fully embraced the challenges faced 
by a changing climate. Wilhelmsen has for 
years been in the front of this development, 
with present projects including energy 
efficient vessel design and operation, and 
modal shift from land to shipping.

The board believes sound corporate 
governance is the foundation for profitable 

growth and a healthy company culture. Good 
governance contributes to reduced risk and 
creates value over time for shareholders 
and other stakeholders. The board further 
acknowledges that sustainability is a vital 
prerequisite for Wilhelmsen to be a profitable 
and responsible player in the industry and 
society. In 2019, employee engagement, 
ethics and anti-corruption, health and safety, 
responsible procurement, cyber security and 
data protection, climate risk, and partnerships 
for sustainable innovations received particular 
attentions.

Financial results
Income statement

Wilhelmsen group
(USD mill)

Total income
– of wich operating revenue
– of wich gain/on sale of assets

EBITDA
EBITDA adjusted for IFRS 16
Operating profit/EBIT

Share of profit from associates
Change in fair value financial assets
Other financial income/(expenses)

Profit/(loss) before tax/EBT
Tax income/(expenses)

Profit/(loss) for the period
Profit/(loss) to owners of the parent

2019

2018

850
836
14

149
112
78

49
34
(17)

144
(15)

130
114

871
867
4

78
78
36

36
(116)
(41)

(86)
12

(75)
(69)

EPS (USD)

2.46

(1.48)

Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Tot. comprehensive income owners of parent

(3)
127
111

(53)
(128)
(119)

Total assets
Equity parent
Total equity

Equity ratio

3 293
1 880
2 082

3 079
1 821
2 017

63% 66%

Total income for Wilhelmsen was USD 
850 million in 2019, down 2% from 2018. The 
reduction was due to lower operating revenue 
from supply services, partly offset by higher 
income from maritime services.

EBITDA
(USD mill)

Reported

1H’18 M&A cost related to Drew
Q1’19 sales gain Maritime services1

Total material non-recurring items

Adjusted

IFRS 16 effect

2019

2018

149

78

(27)

(27)

6

6

143

105

37

Adjust including IFRS 16 effect

106

105

1)  Sale of property is a core activity for supply services, with any  
  gain/loss not adjusted for.

19

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
Group EBITDA came in at USD 149 million 
for the year, up 91%. Adjusting for non-
recurring items and IFRS 16, EBITDA was 
stable. Adjusted EBITDA was up for maritime 
services, offsetting a reduction for supply 
services and holding and investments.
Share of profit from associates was USD 
49 million for the year. Of this, Wallenius 
Wilhelmsen ASA contributed with USD 
39 million, up 66% from last year.  

Change in fair value financial assets was 
positive with USD 34 million for the year.
An uplift in value of the investments in 
Hyundai Glovis and Qube was partly offset 
by a full write down of the Survitec 
investment in the second quarter.

Other financials were a net expense of USD 
17 million in 2019. A gain on current financial 
investments and dividend income contributed 
positively but was more than offset by 
interest expenses and a net loss on financial 
instruments and currencies.

Tax was included with an expense of USD 
15 million, mainly related to maritime 
services.

Net profit after tax and minority interests was 
USD 114 million in 2019 compared with a USD 
69 million net loss in 2018.

Other comprehensive income for the year 
was a loss of USD 3 million, compared with 
a loss of USD 53 million in the previous year. 
This mainly reflected currency translation 
differences on non-USD assets and liabilities 
when converting into USD.

Total comprehensive income for 2019 was 
USD 127 million, of which USD 111 million 
was attributable to owners of the parent. The 
corresponding figures for 2018 was a loss of 
USD 128 million and a loss of USD 119 million 
respectively.

operating cash flow remained below EBITDA 
level partly due to an increase in working 
capital and inventory. 

Cash flow
(USD mill)

2019

2018

Cash and cash equivalents 1.1

140

167

From operating activities

Maritime services
Supply services
Other operating

98
83
32
(17)

62
21
44
(3)

From investing activities

81

40

From financing activities

Dividend and share buy back parent
Net debt
Other financing

Net cash flow

(165)
(56)
(68)
(42)

(128)
(31)
(59)
(39)

14

(26)

Cash and cash equivalents 31.12

153

140

Cash flow from investing activities was 
positive with USD 81 million for the year. 
Dividend from joint ventures and associates 
and net proceeds from sale of financial 
investments continued to exceed net 
investment in fixed assets.

Cash flow from financing activities was 
negative with USD 165 million in 2019. Net 
debt repayment counted for the largest share 
of net cash outflow, followed by share buy 
backs and dividend to shareholders, and 
ordinary interest payments.

Liquid assets
(USD mill)

Cash and cash equivalents

of which maritime services
of which Supply services
of which holding and investments

Current financial investments
Financial assets to fair value

Total

2019

2018

153
116
7
31
102
675

140
110
12
18
88
650

930

877

Cash flow, liquidity and debt
The group had cash and cash equivalents of 
USD 153 million by the end 2019, up from USD 
140 million by the end of 2018.

The net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
of USD 14 million for the year followed a 
strong contribution from operating and 
investing activities partly offset by financing 
activities.

Cash flow from operating activities was 
positive with USD 98 million in 2019, up 
from USD 62 million the previous year. The 

By the end of 2019, the group had liquid 
financial assets of USD 930 million. In 
addition to cash, this included current 
financial investments and non-current 
financial assets reported as financial assets 
to fair value. 

The parent company carries out active 
financial asset management of part of the 
group’s liquidity. The current financial 
investment portfolio includes listed equities 
and investment grade bonds. The value of the 
portfolio amounted to USD 102 million at the 

20

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Maritime 
services

• Ships service
• Ship management
• Insurance services

end of 2019, up from USD 88 million one year 
earlier.

by increased sale of marine products in the 
second half, a steady growth of new vessels 
on management, and a strong USD.

The group’s investments classified as financial 
assets to fair value had a combined value 
of USD 675 million by the end of the year, 
up from USD 650 million at the end of 2018. 
The largest investments were the ~12% 
shareholding in Hyundai Glovis (held through 
Treasure ASA) and the ~2.5% shareholding in 
Qube. The ~20% shareholding in Survitec was 
valued at nil by the end of the year.

The main group companies fund their 
investments and operations on a standalone 
basis, with no recourse to the parent company. 
The primary funding source is the commercial 
bank loan market.

Interest-bearing debt
(USD mill)

Maritime services
Supply services
Holding and investments
Elimination

Total

Leasing debt

Total excluding leasing debt

2019

2018

247
401
48
(21)

675

181

494

197
330
23
(17)

533

533

As of 31 December 2019, the group’s total 
interest-bearing debt was USD 675 million, 
compared with USD 533 million by end 2018. 
The increase followed reporting of leasing 
debt as interest bearing debt from 1 January 
2019 in accordance with IFRS 16. When 
excluding leasing debt, interest bearing debt 
was down in 2019. 

Going concern assumption
Pursuant to section 4, sub-section 5, confer 
section 3, sub-section 3a of the Norwegian 
Accounting Act, it is confirmed that the 
annual accounts have been prepared under 
the assumption that the enterprise is a going 
concern and that the conditions are present. 

Maritime services
The maritime services segment includes ships 
service, ship management and other maritime 
services activities.

Total income for maritime services was USD 
591 million in 2019, up from USD 582 million 
in 2018.

EBITDA for the year was USD 103 million, 
up from USD 42 million. When adjusting 
for material non-recurring items and IFRS 
16, EBITDA was up 23% for the year. The 
underlying improvement was supported 

The maritime services EBITDA margin was 
17.4% in 2019. When adjusting for a sales gain, 
the EBITDA margin was 16.6%. 

Maritime services
(USD mill)

Total income
– Ships services
– Ship management
– Other/eliminations

EBITDA
– EBITDA margin (%)

EBITDA adjusted for IFRS 16
– Adjusted EBITDA margin (%)

Operating profit/EBIT
– EBIT margin (%)

Share of profit from associates
Change in fair value financial assets
Other financial incom/(expenses)
Tax income/(expense)

Profit/(loss)
– Profit margin (%)

– Non controlling interest
Operating profit/EBIT

2019

2018

591
534
56
0

103
17%

90
15%

73
12%

4
(27)
(24)
(12)

15
3%

1
14

582
540
41
0

42
7%

42
7%

26
4%

4
(61)
(37)
13

(55)
9%

2
(56)

Share of profit from associates was stable at 
USD 4 million. 

Change in fair value financial assets was a 
loss of USD 27 million in 2019, which followed 
a loss of USD 61 million in 2018. The losses 
for both years related to the investment in 
Survitec Group, which was valued at nil by the 
end of 2019.

Other financial income/expenses for maritime 
services amounted to an expense of USD 
24 million, compared with an expense of USD 
37 million in 2018. The improvement followed 
reduced losses on currency and financial 
instruments, included with an expense of 
USD 7 million in 2019 compared with an 
expense of USD 23 million the previous year.

Tax was an expense of USD 12 million in 
2019, compared with an income of USD 13 
million the previous year. Tax in 2019 was up 
partly due to withholding tax and a negative 
adjustment in tax accruals, while tax in 2018 
benefitted from a positive adjustment in 
deferred tax assets.

Net result after tax and non-controlling 
interests was a profit of USD 14 million in 2019 
compared with a loss of USD 56 million in the 
previous year.

21

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Supply 
services

• NorSea Group
  (owned ~75.2%)
• WilNor Governmental    
  Services

Ships service
Wilhelmsen Ships Service is a global provider 
of standardised product brands and service 
solutions to the maritime industry, focusing on 
marine products, marine chemicals, maritime 
logistics and ships agency. Ships service is fully 
owned by Wilhelmsen.

Supply services
(USD mill)

Total income
– NorSea Group
– Other/eliminations

EBITDA
– EBITDA margin (%)

2019

2018

255
251
4

59
23%

41
16%

22
9%

6
(19)
(3)

5
2%

1
4

285
275
11

51
18%

51
18%

25
9%

9
(15)
(4)

15
5%

4
11

EBITDA adjusted for IFRS 16
– Adjusted EBITDA margin (%)

Operating profit/EBIT
– EBIT margin (%)

Share of profit from associates
Other financial incom/(expenses)
Tax income/(expense)

Profit/(loss)
– Profit margin (%)

– Non controlling interest
Profit/(loss) to owners of the parent

Share of profit from associates was USD 
6 million, down from USD 9 million.

Net financial items were an expense of 
USD 19 million, and tax was an expense of 
USD 4 million in 2019. 

Net profit after minority interests was 
USD 4 million for the year, down from USD 
11 million in 2018.

NorSea Group AS
NorSea Group provides supply bases and 
integrated logistics solution to the offshore 
industry. Wilhelmsen owns ~75,2% of NorSea 
Group.

Total income for NorSea Group was USD 
251 million in 2019, a 9% reduction from the 
previous year mainly due to a depreciation of 
NOK versus USD. Income from offshore supply 
base activities was up, while income from 
project related activities was down.

EBITDA was up for the year, but down if 
adjusting for IFRS 16.

WilNor Governmental Services 
WilNor Governmental Services provides 
military logistics services in Norway and 
internationally. Wilhelmsen owns 51% of the 
company directly, with the remaining 49% 
owned through NorSea Group. 

Total income for WilNor Governmental 
Services was USD 4 million in 2019, down 
from USD 11 million in the previous year 
which included activities related to the 
NATO exercise Trident Juncture 2018.

EBITDA was down for the year.

Total income from ships service was USD 
534 million in 2019, down 1% from the previous 
year. Income from marine products increased, 
offsetting a reduction in non-marine income. 
Income from agency services was stable.

EBITDA was up for the year, also when 
adjusting for IFRS 16.

Ship management
Wilhelmsen Ship Management provides full 
technical management, crewing and related 
services for all major vessel types, and includes 
50% of NorSea Wind. Ship management is 
fully owned by Wilhelmsen.

Total income for ship management was USD 
56 million in 2019, up 37%. Excluding sales 
gains, income was up 22%. The increase in 
income followed a steady growth in vessels 
on full technical management and upstart of 
new offshore wind activities. 

EBITDA was up for the year, also when 
excluding sales gains and adjusting for IFRS 16.

Wilhelmsen Insurance Services
Wilhelmsen Insurance Services provides 
marine and non-marine insurance solutions 
for internal and external clients. Insurance 
services is fully owned by Wilhelmsen.

Total income for insurance services was USD 
3 million in 2019, up 2% from the previous year.

EBITDA also improved for the year.

Supply services
The supply services segment includes NorSea 
Group, WilNor Governmental Services and 
other supply services activities.

Total income for supply services was USD 255 
million in 2019. This was down from 285 million 
in 2018 which included services provided for 
the NATO exercise Trident Juncture.

EBITDA came in at USD 59 million, up from 
USD 51 million. When adjusting for IFRS 16, 
EBITDA was down 19%. Contribution from 
offshore supply base activities improved, 
while new offshore wind activities had a 
negative impact on results.

22

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Holding and investments
The holding and investments segment include 
investments in Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA 
and Treasure ASA, financial assets, and other 
holding and investments activities.

Holding and investments
(USD mill)

Total income
– Operating revenue
– Gain on sale of assets

EBITDA
EBITDA adjusted for IFRS 16 
Operating profit/EBIT

Share of profit from associates
– Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
– Other/eliminations

Change in fair value financial assets
– Hyundai Glovis
– Qube Holdings/other financial assets

Other financial income/(expenses)
– Investment management (Holding)
– Hyundai Glovis
– Qube Holdings/other financial assets
– Other financial income

Tax income/(expense)

Profit/(loss) for the period

– Non controlling interest
Profit/(loss) to owners of the parent

2019

2018

11
11
0

(12)
(18)
(17)

39
39
0

61
37
24

26
12
13
3
(1)

1

109

13
96

11
11
0

(14)
(14)
(15)

23
23
(1)

(56)
(53)
(3)

10
(6)
12
5
(1)

3

(35)

(12)
(23)

Total income for the holding and investments 
segment was USD 11 million in 2019, on par 
with the previous year. 

EBITDA was a loss of USD 12 million, 
compared with a loss of USD 14 million in 
2018. Adjusting for IFRS 16, EBITDA was 
down.

Share of profit from associates was USD 
39 million for the year, up from USD 
23 million. This mainly related to the 37.8% 
ownership in Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA.

Change in fair value financial assets was a 
gain of USD 61 million in 2019, mainly related 
to the shareholdings in Hyundai Glovis and 
Qube. This compares with a net loss of USD 
56 million in 2018. 

Net financials were an income of USD 
26 million, up from USD 10 million. The 
improvement followed a gain on investment 
management versus a previous year loss, 
while dividend income was fairly stable. 

Net profit/(loss) after tax and minorities was a 
profit of USD 96 million compared with a loss 
of USD 23 million in the previous year.

Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA is a global provider 
of ocean and land-based logistics services 
towards car and ro-ro customers and is listed 
on Oslo Børs. Wilhelmsen owns ~37,8% of the 
company, which is reported as associate in 
Wilhelmsen’s accounts.

Total income for Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA 
was USD 3 909 million in 2019, a 4% reduction. 
Income was down for both the ocean and 
landbased segments. Ocean income was down 
driven by 6% lower volumes, but positively 
impacted by higher net freight per CBM and 
increased fuel compensation. Landbased 
income was down 1%.

EBITDA ended at USD 805 million in 2019. 
Adjusted for IFRS 16, EBITDA was USD 
639 million, up from USD 601 million in 
2018. The results were positively impacted 
by the performance improvement initiatives 
within the ocean segment leading to more 
efficient operations. Underlying results in the 
landbased segment were down compared to 
2018, driven by higher costs.

Wilhelmsen’s share of profit from Wallenius 
Wilhelmsen ASA was USD 39 million in 2019, 
up from USD 23 million in 2018.

The Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA share price 
was down 26.5% in 2019, closing at NOK 
21.82. As of 31 December 2019, the market 
value of Wilhelmsen’s investment was USD 
398 million, while the book value of the 
shareholding was USD 864 million.

Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA paid USD 0.12 per 
share in dividends in 2019, with Wilhelmsen 
receiving USD 19 million.

Treasure ASA 
Treasure ASA holds a 12.04% ownership interest 
in Hyundai Glovis and is listed on Oslo Børs. 
Wilhelmsen owns ~73,5% of Treasure ASA.

Treasure ASA’s main source of income is 
the dividend received from Hyundai Glovis. 
This is reported as financial income in 
Wilhelmsen’s accounts. Dividend received 
in 2019 was USD 13 million, in line with the 
previous year. 

The value of Treasure ASA’s investment in 
Hyundai Glovis was USD 560 million by the 
end of 2019, up from USD 523 million by the 
end of the previous year. The USD 37 million 
increase in value in 2019 was accounted for as 
change in fair value financial assets. In 2018, 
the value was down with USD 53 million. 

Holding and 
investments

• Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA
  (owned ~37.8%)
• Treasure ASA 
  (owned ~73.5%)
• Financial assets

23

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019The Treasure ASA share price was up 17.7% 
for the year, closing at NOK 13.65. As of 
31 December 2019, the market value of 
Wilhelmsen’s shareholding in Treasure ASA 
was USD 249 million.

In 2019, Treasure ASA paid total dividend 
of NOK 0.30 per share. This was unchanged 
from the previous year. Total cash proceeds to 
Wilhelmsen was USD 6 million.

During the third quarter, Treasure ASA bought 
0.465 million own shares in the market at NOK 
13.50 per share. Wilhelmsen maintained a 
holding of 160 million shares in Treasure ASA.

Financial investments
Financial investments include cash and cash 
equivalents, current financial investments and 
other financial assets held by the parent and 
fully owned subsidiaries. 

The value of the current financial investment 
portfolio held by the holding company was 
USD 102 million by the end of the year, 
compared with USD 88 million one year earlier. 
The portfolio primarily included listed equities 
and investment-grade bonds. Net income from 
investment management was a gain of USD 
12 million in 2019, compared with a loss of 
USD 6 million in 2018.

Change in fair value of the shareholdings in 
Qube Holdings Ltd and other non-current 
financial assets was a gain of USD 13 million in 
2019, compared with a gain of USD 12 million 
in 2018. Other financial income from the 
investments were USD 3 million, down from 
USD 5 million. Financial assets to fair value 
reported under the holding and investments 
segment was USD 109 million at the end of 
2019 (excluding shareholding in Hyundai 
Glovis), up from USD 100 million one year 
earlier. During the year, Wilhelmsen reduced 
its shareholding in Qube from 50 million to 
40 million shares.  

Other holding and investments activities 
Holding/other activities include general 
holding activities and certain non-financial 
investments, including Raa Labs AS (100% 
owned), Massterly AS (50%) and Dolittle AS 
(46%). 

Net cost of other holding and investment 
activities remained stable. In 2019, Wilhelmsen 
increased the ownership in RaaLabs from 50% 
to 100%. 

companies and investments exposed to the 
global economy and world merchandised 
trade.

From an operating perspective, ships service 
and ship management (both maritime 
services) and NorSea Group (supply services) 
are the most significant activities and 
exposures.

From an investment perspective, Wallenius 
Wilhelmsen ASA and Hyundai Glovis are the 
most significant exposures.

The changes in the Wilhelmsen group 
undertaken during recent years has created 
a more balanced portfolio. 

Internal control and risk management
The group is committed to manage risks in 
a sound manner related to its businesses 
and operations. To accomplish this, the 
governing concept of conscious strategy and 
controllable procedures for risk mitigation 
ultimately provides a positive impact to 
profitability. The responsibility of governing 
boards, management and all employees are 
to be aware of the current environment in 
which they operate, implement measures to 
mitigate risks, prepare to act upon unusual 
observations, threats or incidents, and 
respond to risks to mitigate consequences. 
The group has put in place a risk monitoring 
process based on identification of risks for
each business unit, and with a group risk 
matrix presented to the board on a quarterly 
basis for review and necessary actions.

Market risk 
Demand for the group’s service offerings are, 
to various degree, correlated with the general 
global economic activity and in particular 
trade in commodities and manufactured 
goods. Due to measures implemented to 
contain spread of covid-19, global economic 
development is presently very uncertain.

Maritime services’ exposure is to the general 
shipping market. In 2019, the shipping market 
improved from previous low levels, but 
differences in sentiment between the various 
market segments remains. Slower trade, low 
newbuild orderbooks and new environmental 
regulations will continue to impact the 
shipping market over the next years. Short 
term, measures to contain covid-19 will have 
a significant impact on several shipping 
segments.

Risk review
The Wilhelmsen group consists of operating 

Supply services’ exposure is mainly to the 
Norwegian offshore sector, and indirectly 

24

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019towards the global oil and gas market. After 
a downturn in 2016/17, the market sentiment 
gradually improved until recent turmoils. 

Investment exposure is skewed towards 
the global automotive and high and heavy 
markets, through the investment in Wallenius 
Wilhelmsen ASA and, indirectly, Hyundai 
Glovis. During 2019, global automotive sales 
stalled, and market uncertainty increased. The 
automotive industry is sensitive to present 
disruptions to the global supply chain. From 
a geographical perspective, Wilhelmsen’s 
exposure towards Korea and Oceania exceeds 
a neutral position due to the significant 
reliance on these markets of Wallenius 
Wilhelmsen ASA, Hyundai Glovis and Qube 
Holdings.

autumn. After a fall back, the USD has again 
strengthened in the first quarter of 2020. 

In 2019, the oil price continued to fluctuate 
mainly within a USD 55-75 band, ending close 
to where it started. During the first quarter of 
2020, the oil price has fallen significantly. 

Interest rates remains at historic low levels 
in most markets, and with rate movements in 
US and certain other markets shifting from 
upwards to downwards during 2019. Further 
reduction has taken place in 2020.

The global equity market had a strong 
performance in 2019, supported by low interest 
rates. The start of 2020 has seen a reversal with 
a sharp fall in global market values. 

Operational risk
The various operating entities of the group 
are exposed to and manage risk specific to the 
markets in which they operate. The general 
risk picture broadly remains unchanged from 
previous years. 

The group’s exposure to and management of 
financial risk are further described in Note 
19 to the 2019 group accounts. This includes 
foreign exchange rate risk, interest rate risk, 
investment portfolio risk, credit risk and 
liquidity risk.

Through its global reach and broad product 
spectre, maritime services operations are 
exposed to a wide range of operational risk 
factors. These are, however, mainly related to 
local markets and specific product offerings. 
While any such incident will normally have 
limited global consequences, a major accident, 
turbulence within a key geographical market, 
product quality issues, a cyber attack or other 
disruption of IT systems, a pandemic, or 
loss of main customers may affect the wider 
financial and operational performance.

Supply services operations will have a similar 
risk exposure as maritime services, though 
mainly related to the offshore industry and the 
northern European region. In 2019, activity 
within the offshore wind sector has increased.

The group has established a range of measures 
in order to avoid and, potentially, mitigate the 
consequences of operational risk incidents. In 
2019, cyber risk has received special attention.

Financial risk
Wilhelmsen remains exposed to a wide range 
of financial risk, either on a general basis or 
related to specific group companies. This 
includes exposure to currencies, oil prices, 
equity markets and interest rates, as well as 
credit risk and liquidity risk. 

In the currency markets, the USD continued 
to strengthen against among others EUR 
and NOK in 2019, reaching a peak during the 

All group companies were compliant with their 
loan covenant requirements in 2019. 

Climate risk
In 2019, a mapping has been initiated of 
climate risk management within main group 
operating companies and for the holding 
company. The mapping is made in accordance 
with the recommendations of the Task force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 
The initial findings are that climate risk is not 
systematically managed, and that future cost 
may be underestimated.

The work to identify, measure and manage 
climate risk will continue. 

Health, working environment, and safety
Working environment and occupational health
The company conducts its business with 
respect for human rights and labour standards, 
including conventions and guidelines related 
to the prevention of child or forced labour, 
minimum wage and salary, working conditions 
and freedom of association. Employees and 
external stakeholders are encouraged to report 
on non-compliant behaviour through the 
group’s global whistleblowing system. 

Exposure hours
In 2019, there were around 38.8 million 
exposure hours (work hours) in the group. 
Vessel based operations accounted for 77% of 
total exposure hours and onshore operations 
accounted for 23%.

25

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Sickness absence and occupational disease
The group has a variety of ongoing initiatives 
to maintain a healthy work environment, 
for example focusing on monitoring and 
reporting absence cases, health and wellness 
awareness events, annual health checks, 
employee assistance program, adapted 
working hours, social activities, employee 
engagement surveys and opportunities for 
personal development.

The sickness absence rate for onshore 
operations was 1.68%, in line with previous 
year. There were no occupational disease 
cases recorded in 2019.

Turnover
The turnover rate for employees in the parent 
company and fully owned subsidiaries was 
12.71% in 2019, in line with previous years. The 
turnover rate varies from segment to segment. 

Lost time injuries and total recordable cases
There were zero work related fatalities in 2019.

For vessel-based operations, several safety 
campaigns aimed at creating safer and 
healthier working conditions on board the 
vessels continued during the year. Mental 
health wellbeing was one of the campaigns 
focusing on stress, sleep and overall 
psychological health of the seafarers. 

In 2019, the lost-time injury frequency (LTIF) 
rate was 0.32, within the target not to exceed 
0.50. The total recordable case frequency 
(TRCF) rate was 1.46 within the target not to 
exceed 2.60. The LTIF rate target for 2020 is 
not to exceed 0.50 and the TRCF rate is not to 
exceed 2.80. 

For onshore operations, there was a continued 
focus on developing knowledge and 
understanding of the importance of personal 
safety and risk assessment. Management 
visibility, Take5 program, audits, safety 
talks and active safety delegates have been 
important actions to follow up employees 
most exposed to hazardous risk. The focus 
will continue in 2020 on risk assessment, 
increasing the number of auditors and audits, 
site assessment programs, and supplier audits. 

The LTIF rate onshore was 0.18 in 2019, within 
target not to exceed 0.5. The TRCF rate result 
of 0.33 was within target not to exceed 1.0. 
Both targets will remain in place for 2020.

Near miss incidents and safety observations
Safety observation reporting on vessel 
operations remains consistent with 9 782 
observations reported for the year compared 
to 9126 in 2018.  

Safety observation and risk assessment 
reporting onshore improved in 2019, 
mainly due to recording of the Take5 safety 
assessments conducted by Ships Agency 
employees. 5 414 observations were reported 
versus 3 597 in 2018. 

All reported near misses were investigated to 
avoid similar incidents in the future, improve 
necessary training and awareness measures, 
and improve control measures.

Sharing of safety moments and lessons 
learned was increased. Reporting and 
utilization of analytics to identify key 
potential improvement areas continues to 
be in focus. 

Working committee and executive committee
The management cooperates closely with 
employees through several bodies, including 
the joint working committee and the executive 
committee for industrial democracy in 
foreign trade shipping. This cooperation gives 
valuable input to solve company related issues 
in a constructive way.

The joint working committee discusses issues 
related to health, work environment and 
safety. The executive committee for industrial 
democracy in foreign trade shipping considers 
general business, financial and governance 
issues of importance to the company and the 
workforce. In 2019, both committees held 
official meetings according to plan. 

Organisation and people development
Workforce
The group’s head office is in Norway, and 
the group has 241 offices in 62 countries 
within its controlled structure. The group 
employed 10 230 seafarers and 4835 land-
based employees at the end of 2019.

Equal opportunities
Wilhelmsen has a clear policy stating 
that employees have the right to equal 
opportunities. Harassment and discrimination 
based on race, gender or similar grounds, 
or other behaviour that may be perceived as 
threatening or degrading, is not acceptable. 

All reported incidents were investigated to 
avoid similar incidents in the future, improve 
necessary training and awareness measures. 

Females represent 35% of the land-based 
work force, 25% of senior management 
positions, and 1% of the seafarer work force.

26

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019One of the four members of the company’s 
group management is female and during 
2019, two of the five directors on the board of 
directors of Wilhelmsen were female. 

Driving performance
Wilhelmsen strives to create a performance 
culture where engaged employees deliver 
desired results and are rewarded accordingly. 
Employee performance and engagement 
is measured through annual surveys, 
performance appraisals and annual activity 
plans. 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, Wilhelmsen 
conducted an employee engagement survey 
to measure the group’s ability to provide an 
engaging and safe work environment where 
employees are motivated to work and achieve 
their full potential. 

Whilst the results point to consistent and 
positive high engagement, there is always 
room for improvement. Senior management 
and individual managers in all locations were 
required to conduct follow up discussions 
with their teams. Where results were less than 
the expected benchmark, managers were 
required to implement specific actions to 
improve results. 

Compensation and benefits
The purpose of Wilhelmsen’s compensation 
and benefit framework is to drive performance 
and to attract and retain employees with the 
right experience and knowledge deemed 
necessary to achieve the company’s strategic 
ambitions. The framework takes local 
regulations and competition into account, as 
well as the responsibility and complexity of 
the position. 

The bonus schemes are one of several 
instruments to drive performance. Bonus 
is paid if set bonus targets are reached. 
Compensation to executives is described in 
the notes 6 and 2 to the group and parent 
accounts respectively. Wilhelmsen also issues 
a statement on the remuneration for senior 
executives, note 16 to the parent company 
accounts.

Investing in competence 
“Learning and innovation” is one of the 
group’s core values, and Wilhelmsen 
pays particular attention to competence 
and knowledge development. A learning 
organisation with motivated employees 
contributes to efficient operations and 
has a positive impact on revenue and 
earnings. 

In 2019, emphasis was placed on continuous 
learning through on-the-job experiences, 
tasks and problem solving (70%); feedback, 
coaching (formal and informal) and networks 
(20%); and formal classroom courses, 
e-learning, seminars, videos etc. (10%).

Personal development plans are integrated in 
the performance appraisal and review process. 
In 2019, the average hours of formal training 
recorded per employee was 8 hours.

Developing leaders for the future
To meet challenging and changing 
environments, Wilhelmsen is dependent 
on highly qualified leaders. 

In 2019, eight females and 21 males, from nine 
different nationalities participated in a three 
module Leadership Potential programme held 
in Oslo and Bangkok. The programme focused 
on design thinking methodology, leadership 
toolboxes, and an agile mindset.

Whistle blowing and anti-corruption
In 2019, we had 19 whistles regarding 
allegations of fraud/corruption, pollution/
environmental, health and safety and more 
HR related matters. Almost half of the 
whistles originated from an anonymous 
source. All reports being forwarded through 
our whistleblowing channel are investigated 
and followed up according to our internal 
guidelines. A thorough investigation was 
conducted during the year on an alleged 
major internal fraud/corruption case that was 
reported through the whistleblowing channel. 
This resulted in proceedings being initiated 
against two employees and funds being 
retrieved. 

At year end, we have two whistles that are 
pending a conclusion. We will continue to 
make employees aware of the whistleblowing 
opportunity, should they see or experience 
behaviour that is not in line with our policies 
and expectations. Our business standards and 
compliance training include the areas of anti-
corruption, theft and fraud, whistleblowing, 
competition law and personal data protection. 

Corporate governance
The board believes sound corporate 
governance is a foundation for profitable 
growth and that it provides a healthy company 
culture. A good governance contributes to 
reducing risk and creating long-term value for 
shareholders and other stakeholders.

Wilhelmsen observes the Norwegian Code 
of Practice for corporate governance, in 

27

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019addition to requirements as specified in the 
Norwegian Public Companies Act and the 
Norwegian Accounting Act. The board’s 
corporate governance report for 2019 can be 
found in the group annual report for the year 
and on www.wilhelmsen.com. It is the board’s 
view that the company has an appropriate 
governance structure and that it is managed in 
a satisfactory way. The corporate governance 
report is to be considered by the annual 
general meeting on 29 April 2020. 

Sustainability
Wilhelmsen assesses environmental, social 
and corporate governance issues in its 
investment analysis, business decisions, 
ownership practises and financial reporting. 
The company has a sustainability policy that 
includes human rights, labour standards and 
a commitment to promote environmental 
responsibility. 

UN Global Compact (UNGC) engagement
Wilhelmsen works actively within the 
UNGC Sustainable ocean business action 
platform to partner with other serious actors 
in contributing to the achievement of the 
Sustainable Development Goals. In 2019, the 
action platform delivered a report on ocean 
opportunities describing five tipping points 
for ocean health and productivity; a set of 
sustainable ocean principles; and started 
work on a governance framework report 
due for release in 2020. 

Sustainability governance
The board acknowledges that sustainability 
is a vital prerequisite for Wilhelmsen to be 
a profitable and responsible player in the 
industry and society at large. With an aim to 
increase transparency, the board therefore 
issues a sustainability report following the 
guidelines set forward in the GRI Sustainability 
reporting standards. The report describes how 
Wilhelmsen combines long-term profitability 
with emphasis environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) factors. 

Materiality assessment
The company conducted an extensive 
materiality assessment in 2018 to ensure 
attention is on material aspects of the group’s 
business. The assessment concluded that the 
following topics are of most importance:
• Ethics and anti-corruption
• Health and safety 
• Responsible procurement 
• Cyber security and data protection

These aspects are addressed in the 
sustainability report. The full report is 

available on www.wilhelmsen.com and will 
be reviewed by the annual general meeting 
on 29 April 2020. 

Focus areas and achievements in 2019
In 2019, the following areas received particular 
attention:
• Employee engagement
• Ethics and anti-corruption
• Health and safety
• Responsible procurement
• Cyber security and data protection
• Climate risk 
• Partnerships for sustainable innovations

The company’s achievements included:
• Positive and consistent employee  
  engagement score 
• Obtained TRACE certification in eight new  
  countries (31 in total since 2016)
• Improved H&S risk assessments in the 
  Take5 program
• Increased sustainability criteria in supplier  
  assessments and requirements
• Increased cyber security detection and  
  response capabilities
• Completed an initial climate risk  
  management assessment 
• Established partnership in liquid hydrogen  
  supply chain project 

Focus areas for 2020
The company will continue to focus its efforts 
on high materiality areas: 
• Ethics and anti-corruption
• Health and safety
• Responsible procurement:
• Cyber security

In addition, the company will intensify focus 
on strategic areas of:
• Decarbonisation of shipping and 
  maritime services
• Renewable energy transition
• Reducing marine litter and pollution

Stakeholder engagement 
The company is regularly in dialogue with key 
stakeholders who engage with issues relating 
to the maritime industry and the activities 
of the Wilhelmsen group. The dialogue 
contributes to understanding the expectations 
of the community and transferring them 
to the group. It also enables the company 
to communicate decisions to stakeholders 
and provide them with explanations for our 
underlying motives. 

In 2019, Wilhelmsen was engaged in 
dialogues with governments, investors, 
non-governmental organisations and other 

28

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019stakeholders discussing topics related to the 
group or industry at large. Topics covered 
included financial issues, compliance, 
innovation, decarbonisation of shipping, 
renewable energy and sustainability in 
general. 

Management also initiated a dialogue with 
main shareholders and other stakeholders 
related to the statement on remuneration for 
senior executives.

Allocation of profit, dividend and buy back
The board’s proposal for allocation of the net 
profit for the year is as follows:

The board is proposing a NOK 2.00 dividend 
per share payable during the second quarter 
of 2020, representing a total payment of 
NOK 89 million (excluding shares owned by 
the company). 

Parent company accounts (NOK thousand)

Profit for the year 

To equity 
Proposed dividend
Interim dividend paid

Total allocations 

473 268

272 658
89 160
111 450

473 268

The board is granted an authorisation to, on 
behalf of the company, acquire up to 10% 
of the company’s own issued shares. The 
authorisation is valid until the annual general 
meeting in 2020, but no longer than to 30 
June 2020. In line with the authorisation, 
the company announced a share buyback 
in September 2019. Following completion of 
the program, Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 
owns a total of 1 823 824 own shares, split on 
537 092 A-shares and 1 286 732 B-shares. This 
is equivalent to 3.93% of total shares in the 
company. 

Outlook
Events after the balance sheet date
The recent outbreak of covid-19 has since the 
start of 2020 had significant impact on the 
world and on Wilhelmsen. An update related 
to the impact on Wilhelmsen is included in 
note 24 of the group accounts and in note 16 of 
the parent company accounts for 2019.

Group business drivers
Wilhelmsen is a global provider of maritime 
related services, transportation and logistics 
solutions. The prospects for the group and 
its business segments are, to various degree, 

correlated with general development in world 
economy and trade.

Due to measures implemented to contain 
spread of covid-19, global economic 
development is presently very uncertain. 
Long term, annual growth in the vicinity of 3% 
remains a likely scenario.

Outlook for maritime services 
General shipping markets improved in 2019, 
supported by continued global growth and low 
newbuilding activity. While most markets will 
in 2020 be affected by measures to contain the 
corona virus, many of the underlying positive 
factors remain.

Wilhelmsen’s focus is maintaining a leading 
position within marine products, ships 
agency and ship management globally. 
For marine products, the steady work to 
improve products, services, and capabilities, 
will continue. For ships agency, a review 
is initiated to adjust the product to a 
more globally connected world. For ship 
management, the effort to expand the fleet 
on management will continue, with a need to 
increase the organisational capacity.

Increased activity level and a strong USD 
have supported an improved operating 
margin in 2019. The year also had its fair 
share of investment in new products and 
operating systems, reducing profit short term 
but necessary to remain competitive in the 
long term. All these factors will continue to 
have effect on the operating margin moving 
forward.

The measures taken to contain spread of 
covid-19 will have a significant impact on 
the maritime services activities in 2020 
and potentially beyond. Operationally, 
travel restrictions impact crew changes and 
disruption in the global supply chain impacts 
product deliveries. Financially, reduced 
activity in cruise and other shipping segments 
impacts purchasing of among other marine 
products, port services and crewing services.

Outlook for supply services 
NorSea Group, where Wilhelmsen has a ~75,2% 
shareholding, remains strongly exposed to 
the Norwegian oil and gas industry, but is 
gradually expanding into other activities. 
The sharp fall in oil prices combined with 
measures taken to contain covid-19 will have 
a negative impact on activity level.  Income 
from supply base real estate properties will 
continue to be an important contributor, 
while offshore wind activities are expected to 

29

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019The board of
Wilh. Wilhelmsen 
Holding ASA

From left:
Carl Erik Steen
Irene Waage Basili
Diderik Schnitler (chair)
Trond Ø. Westlie

30

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 201931

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019gradually increase but with some delay due to 
covid-19 measures.

chain, the Hyundai Share price has fallen 
significantly during first quarter of 2020.

For governmental services, no major change 
in activity level and income is projected in the 
short term.

Outlook for other activities 
Wallenius Wilhelmsen ASA, where Wilhelmsen 
has a 37.8% stake, is a market leader in shipping 
and logistics services to the global automotive, 
rolling equipment, and breakbulk industries. 
Short term, measures to contain the corona 
virus will have a significant negative impact, 
with an expected 20% drop in ocean volumes 
in the first quarter. Wallenius Wilhelmsen 
ASA is taking decisive steps to prepare for this 
situation, including cancellation of dividend, 
recycling and layup of ships, and temporary 
layoffs of production workers.

Treasure ASA, where Wilhelmsen has a ~73.5% 
shareholding, is an investment company 
with currently one main asset. The prospects 
correlate strongly with the financial and share 
price performance of Hyundai Glovis. With 
its high exposure to the automotive supply 

Qube Holdings, where Wilhelmsen has a 
~2.5% equity stake, remains exposed to the 
general Australian economy and trade, and to 
the successful development of new logistics 
infrastructure. The investment is mainly of a 
financial nature.

Outlook for the Wilhelmsen group 
Wilhelmsen holds leading positions in several 
maritime industry segments. The combined 
forces of extensive business knowledge, global 
network, innovative organisation, and strong 
solidity will continue to support development 
of the group

Wilhelmsen is exposed towards global trade. 
Uncertainty remains on future development 
of global trade, including global economic 
growth, trade restrictions and the 
environment. In the short term, measures 
to stop the spread of the coronavirus will 
have a negative impact on most business 
activities. Wilhelmsen retains its robustness 
and capacity to meet such eventualities.

Lysaker,	31	March	2020
The	board	of	directors	of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Diderik	Schnitler
chair

Trond	Westlie

Carl	Erik	Steen

	Irene	Waage	Basili

Thomas	Wilhelmsen
group	CEO

32

GroupDirectors’ reportWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Wilhelm 
Wilhelmsen
1937–2020

Wilhelm Wilhelmsen passed away on 22 February 2020. 
He represented the fourth-generation family owner of the 
Wilhelmsen group, a maritime industry group established 
by his great grandfather in Tønsberg, Norway in 1861.

Wilhelm Wilhelmsen was instrumental in developing 
the Wilhelmsen group from a traditional liner company 
with trades all over the world to one of the largest maritime 
industry groups with almost 15 000 employees in more 
than 70 countries. His extensive network and business 
relationships in Norway and internationally have 
been essential in building the company the past almost 
60 years.

In addition to steering through many important and 
difficult situations in the company’s history, including the 
offshore crisis in the 1980s and the Partnair and Tampa 
incidents, he will be remembered as a very well-respected
business leader and spokesperson for Norwegian shipping 
and the maritime industry at large.

Rest in peace.

From the board and thousands of employees
at sea and all around the world

Responsible 
employer

People are the foundation of our global business and have 
been for our last 159 years. Our approach as a responsible 
employer is to build a culture where all of our employees can 
come to work, do their best and go home safely. Whether it is 
investing in developing our employees, setting high standards 
regarding health and safety measures, or enhancing a culture 
where high ethical business standards always apply, our aim 
is to do the right things, the right way in every part of our 
business. The Take5 program for our ships agency division is 
just one example of how we act responsibility as an employer, 
building best in class practices for identifying and managing 
risks to keep employees engaged, healthy and safe. 

3
Accounts
and notes
– group

Income statement Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

USD mill

Operating revenue

Other income
Gain	on	sale	of	assets
Total income

Operating expenses
Cost	of	goods	and	change	in	inventory
Employee	benefits
Other	expenses
Depreciation	and	impairments	
Total operating expenses

Operating profit

Share	of	profits	from	joint	ventures	and	associates
Change	in	fair	value	financial	assets	
Financial	income
Financial	expenses

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax	income/(expenses)
Profit/(loss) for the period

Of	which:
Profit	attributable	to	non-controlling	interests
Profit/(loss)	attributable	to	owners	of	the	parent

Basic	/	diluted	earnings	per	share	(USD)

 Note 

1/3/21

1

15
6
1/21
7/8

4
14
1
1

9

10

Comprehensive income Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

Profit/(loss)	for	the	year

Items that may be reclassified to the income statement
Cash	flow	hedges	(net	after	tax)
Comprehensive	income	from	associates
Currency	translation	differences	
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement
Remeasurement	postemployment	benefits,	net	of	tax
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners	of	the	parent	
Non-controlling	interests
Total comprehensive income for the year

19

11

Notes 1 to 24 on the next pages are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

40

2019 

 836 

 14 
 850 

 (247)
	(306)
	(148)
 (71)
 (772)

 78 

	49	
 34 
 33 
	(49)

 144 

 (15)
 130 

 16 
 114 

	2.46	

	130	

 1 
 (2)
 (2)

 (1)
 (3)
 127 

 111 
 16 
 127 

2018 

 867 

 4 
 871 

 (267)
	(320)
	(206)
 (42)
 (835)

 36 

 36 
 (116)
 16 
 (57)

 (86)

 12 
 (75)

 (6)
	(69)

	(1.48)	

 (75)

 2 

 (57)

 1 
 (53)
 (128)

	(119)
	(9)
 (128)

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Balance sheet Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

USD mill

Note

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

ASSETS
Non current assets
Deferred	tax	asset
Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets
Vessel,	property	and	other	tangible	assets
Right-of-use	assets	
Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates
Financial	assets	to	fair	value	
Other	non	current	assets
Total non current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Current	financial	investments
Other	current	assets
Cash	and	cash	equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Paid-in	capital
Retained	earnings	and	other	reserves
Attributable to equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling	interests
Total equity

Non current liabilities
Pension	liabilities
Deferred	tax
Non	current	interest-bearing	debt
Non	current	lease	liabilities	
Other	non	current	liabilities
Total non current liabilities

Current liabilities
Current	income	tax
Public	duties	payable
Current	interest-bearing	debt
Current	lease	liabilities
Other	current	liabilities
Total current liabilities
Total equity and liabilities 

9
7
7
8
4
14/19
12

15
16/19
12/17
17

11
9
18/19
8/18
12

9

18/19
8/18
12

57
151
555
173
1	003
675
25
2 638

82
102
317
153
655
3 293

118
1 762
1 880
202
2 082

20
11
429
154
28
643

9
12
65
27
455
568
3 293

Lysaker,	31	March	2020
The	board	of	directors	of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Diderik	Schnitler
chair

Trond	Westlie

Carl	Erik	Steen

	Irene	Waage	Basili

Thomas	Wilhelmsen
group	CEO

Notes 1 to 24 on the next pages are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 54 
 156 
 567 

	1	018	
	650	
 23 
 2 467 

 74 
	88	
 311 
	140	
 612 
 3 079 

 122 
	1	699	
 1 821 
	196	
 2 017 

	20	
 12 
	448	

 23 
 503 

 13 
	9	
	85	

 452 
 559 
 3 079 

41

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cash flow statement Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

USD mill

Note

2019

2018

Cash flow from operating activities

Profit/(loss)	before	tax	

Share	of	(profit)/loss	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Changes	in	fair	value	financial	assets

Financial	(income)/expenses

Depreciation/impairment

(Gain)/loss	on	sale	of	fixed	assets

Gain	from	sale	of	subsidiaries,	joint	ventures	and	associates

Change	in	net	pension	asset/liability

Change	in	inventories

Change	in	working	capital

Tax	paid	(company	income	tax,	withholding	tax)

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Dividend	received	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Proceeds	from	sale	of	fixed	assets

Investments	in	tangible	and	intangible	assets	

Net	proceeds	from	sale	of	subsidiaries

Net	proceeds	from	sale	of	joint	ventures	and	associates

Investments	in	subsidiaries

Loan	repayments	received	from	sale	of	subsidiaries

Proceeds	from	dividend	and	sale	of	financial	investments

Current	financial	investments

Interest	received

Net cash flow from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Net	proceeds	from	issue	of	debt	after	debt	expenses

Repayment	of	debt

Repayment	of	leasing	debt

Interest	paid	including	interest	derivatives

Interest	paid	leasing	debt

Dividend	to	shareholders/purchase	of	own	shares	

Net cash flow from financing activities

Net	increase	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	the	beginning	of	the	period

Cash and cash equivalents at 31.12

4

14

1

7/8

1

1/4

4

7

1

18

18

8

1

1/8

 144 

	(49)

 (34)

 17 

 71 

	(8)

 (6)

	(9)

	(19)

	(8)

 98 

 33 

 17 

	(40)

 3 

 34 

 (3)

 6 

 65 

	(38)

 4 

 81 

	93	

 (136)

 (24)

 (25)

 (11)

 (62)

 (165)

 14 

	140	

 153 

	(86)

 (36)

 116 

 41 

 42 

 (4)

 (1)

 7 

 (6)

 (12)

 62 

	20	

 14 

 (54)

 7 

 (1)

 17 

 71 

	(38)

 4 

 40 

 153 

 (211)

	(29)

	(40)

 (128)

 (26)

 167 

 140 

The	group	is	located	and	operating	world	wide	and	every	entity	has	several	bank	accounts	in	different	currencies.	The	cash	flow	effect	from	revaluation	of	cash	and	
cash	equivalents	is	included	in	net	cash	flow	provided	by	operating	activities.

Notes 1 to 24 on the next pages are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

42

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
Equity Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

USD mill

 Share capital 

 Own shares 

 Retained 
earnings 

 Total 

 Non-
controlling 
interests  

 Total equity 

 122 

0

	1	853	

	1	975	

 212 

	2	188	

Balance	31.12.2018

Implementation	of	IFRS	16	leasing

Comprehensive income for the period:

Profit	for	the	period

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income for the period

0

0

Transactions with owners:

Change	in	non-controlling	interests*

Own	shares**

Dividends

Balance 31.12.2019

 (4)

 (4)

 122 

 114 

 (3)

 111 

 5 

 (27)

 (26)

 114 

 (3)

 111 

 5 

 (31)

 (26)

 1 761 

 1 880 

 16 

 16 

 (5)

 (5)

 202 

	130	

 (3)

 127 

 (31)

 (31)

 2 082 

*Liquidation	of	2.200.000	own	shares	in	Treasure	ASA.

**WWH	acquired	own	shares	30	September	2019	for	USD	30.4	million,	represented	537.092	A-shares	and	1.286.732	B-shares.	Average	cost	per	shares	was	
NOK	144.00.

USD mill

Share capital 

Own 
shares 

Retained 
earnings 

 Total 

Non-
controlling 
interests  

Total equity 

Balance	31.12.2017

 122 

	0	

	1	853	

	1	975	

 212 

	2	188	

Comprehensive income for the period:

Profit/(loss)	for	the	period

Other	comprehensive	income

Put	option	in	associate	

Total comprehensive income for the period

 0 

 0 

	(69)

	(50)

 (5)

 (124)

	(69)

	(50)

 (5)

 (124)

Transactions with owners:

Change	in	non-controlling	interests

Dividends

Balance 31.12.2018

 122 

 0 

 (31)

 1 698 

 (31)

 1 820 

 (6)

 (3)

 (9)

 (1)

 (6)

 196 

 (75)

 (53)

 (5)

 (133)

 (1)

 (37)

 2 017 

Dividend	for	fiscal	year	2018	was	NOK	5.00	per	share,	where	NOK	2.50	per	share	
was	paid	in	May	2019	and	NOK	2.50	per	share	was	paid	in	November	2019.

The	proposed	dividend	for	fiscal	year	2019	is	NOK	2.00	per	share,	payable	in	
the	second	quarter	of	2020.	

Dividend	for	fiscal	year	2017	was	NOK	5.50	per	share,	where	NOK	3.50	per	share	
was	paid	in	May	2018	and	NOK	2.00	per	share	was	paid	in	November	2018.

A	decision	on	this	proposal	will	be	taken	by	the	annual	general	meeting	on	29 
April	2020.	The	proposed	dividend	is	not	accrued	in	the	year-end	balance	sheet.	
The	dividend	will	have	effect	on	retained	earnings	in	second	quarter	of	2020.

Notes 1 to 24 on the next pages are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

43

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Accounting policies 
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group	and	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

GENERAL INFORMATION
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	(referred	to	as	the	parent	company)	is	domiciled	
in	Norway.	The	consolidated	accounts	for	fiscal	year	2019	include	the	parent	
company	and	its	subsidiaries	(referred	to	collectively	as	the	group)	and	the	
group’s	share	of	joint	ventures	and	associated	companies.

The	annual	accounts	for	the	group	and	the	parent	company	were	issued	by	the	
board	of	directors	on	31	March	2020.

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
The	consolidated	accounts	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	
International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS),	as	endorsed	by	the	European	
Union.	The	separate	financial	statements	for	the	parent	company	have	been	
prepared	and	presented	in	accordance	with	simplified	IFRS	as	approved	by 
Ministry	of	Finance	10	December	2019.	In	the	separate	statements	the	
exception	from	IFRS	for	recognition	of	dividends	and	group	contributions	is	
applied.	Otherwise,	the	explanations	of	the	accounting	policy	for	the	group	also	
apply	to	the	separate	statements,	and	the	notes	to	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	will	to	a	large	degree	also	cover	the	separate	statements.

Wilhelmsen	also	provides	additional	disclosures	in	accordance	with	
requirements	in	the	Norwegian	Accounting	Act	related	to	remuneration	to	the	
board	and	the	management.

The	company	is	a	public	limited	liability	company,	listed	on	the	Oslo	Stock	
Exchange.

BASIC OF CONSOLIDATION
The	consolidated	financial	statements	comprise	the	financial	statements	of	
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	and	its	subsidiaries	(Wilhelmsen	group	or	the	
group)	as	at	31	December	2019.	

Control	is	achieved	when	the	group	is	exposed,	or	has	rights,	to	variable	returns	
from	its	involvement	with	the	investee	and	has	the	ability	to	affect	those	returns	
through	its	power	over	the	investee.

The	group	re-assesses	whether	or	not	it	controls	an	investee	if	facts	and	
circumstances	indicate	that	there	are	changes	to	one	or	more	of	the	three	
elements	of	control.	Consolidation	of	a	subsidiary	begins	when	the	group	
obtains	control	over	the	subsidiary	and	ceases	when	the	group	loses	control	of	
the	subsidiary.	Assets,	liabilities,	income	and	expenses	of	a	subsidiary	acquired	
or	disposed	of	during	the	year	are	included	in	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	from	the	date	the	group	gains	control	until	the	date	the	group	
ceases	to	control	the	subsidiary.

A	change	in	the	ownership	interest	of	a	subsidiary,	without	a	loss	of	control,	is	
accounted	for	as	an	equity	transaction.

If	the	group	loses	control	over	a	subsidiary,	it	derecognises	the	related	assets	
(including	goodwill),	liabilities,	non-controlling	interest	and	other	components	of	
equity,	while	any	resultant	gain	or	loss	is	recognised	in	income	statement.	Any	
investment	retained	is	recognised	at	fair	value.

Non-controlling	interests	in	the	results	and	equity	of	subsidiaries	are	shown	
separately	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	profit	or	loss,	statement	of	
comprehensive	income,	statement	of	changes	in	equity	and	balance	sheet	
respectively.

When	necessary,	adjustments	are	made	to	the	financial	statements	of	
subsidiaries	to	bring	their	accounting	policies	in	line	with	the	group’s	
accounting	policies.	All	intra-group	assets	and	liabilities,	equity,	income,	
expenses	and	cash	flows	relating	to	transactions	between	members	of	the	
group	are	eliminated	in	full	on	consolidation.	The	accounts	for	the	group	and	
the	parent	company	are	referred	to	collectively	as	the	accounts.

Entities	in	Maritime	Services,	Supply	Services	and	Holding	and	Investments	
are	measured	using	currency	of	primary	economic	location	in	which	the	entity	
operates.	The	exceptions	are	investments	activity	in	Malta,	where	AUD	is	the	
functional	currency	and	the	parent	company	Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	
(WMS	AS)	has	USD.

functional	currency	which	differs	from	the	presentation	currency	(USD)	are	
translated	as	follows:

•	 the	balance	sheet	is	translated	at	the	closing	exchange	rate	on	the	balance	 
	 sheet	date

•	 income	and	expense	items	are	translated	at	a	rate	that	is	representative	as	 
	 an	average	exchange	rate	for	the	period,	unless	the	exchange	rates	fluctuate	 
	 significantly	for	that	period,	in	which	case	the	exchange	rates	at	the	dates	of	 
	 the	transactions	are	used	

•	 the	translation	difference	is	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	and	 
	 split	between	controlling	and	non-controlling	interests

Goodwill	and	fair	value	adjustments	of	assets	and	liabilities	related	to	
acquisition	of	entities	which	have	a	functional	currency	other	than	USD	are	
attributed	to	the	acquired	entity’s	functional	currency	and	translated	at	the	
exchange	rate	prevailing	on	the	balance	sheet	date.

Non-controlling interests 
The	group	treats	transactions	with	non-controlling	interests	as	transactions	
with	equity	owners	of	the	group.	

For	purchases	from	non-controlling	interests,	the	difference	between	any	
consideration	paid	and	relevant	share	acquired	of	the	carrying	value	of	net	
assets	of	the	subsidiary	is	recorded	in	equity.	

Gains	or	losses	on	disposals	to	non-controlling	interests	are	also	recorded	in	
equity.

BASIC OF PREPARATION
The	group	accounts	are	presented	in	US	dollars	(USD),	rounded	off	to	the	
nearest	whole	million.	

The	presentation	currency	of	the	separate	statements	of	the	parent	is	NOK	
which	is	also	its	functional	currency.	The	accounts	are	rounded	off	to	the	
nearest	whole	thousand.	

The	accounts	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention	as	
modified	by	the	revaluation	of	some	financial	assets	and	liabilities	(including	
financial	derivatives)	at	fair	value	through	the	income	statement.	

Preparing	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	IFRS	and	simplified	IFRS	
requires	the	management	to	make	use	of	estimates	and	assumptions	which	
affect	the	application	of	the	accounting	policies	and	the	reported	amounts	of	
assets	and	liabilities,	revenues	and	expenses.	

Estimates	and	associated	assumptions	are	based	on	historical	experience	
and	other	factors	regarded	as	reasonable	under	the	circumstances.	The	actual	
result	may	vary	from	these	estimates.	

The	areas	involving	a	higher	degree	of	judgement	or	complexity,	or	areas	
where	assumptions	and	estimates	are	significant	to	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	are	described	in	more	detail	in	the	section	on	critical	accounting	
estimates	and	assumptions.

The	accounting	policies	outlined	have	been	applied	consistently	for	all	periods	
presented	in	the	group	accounts.

When	items	are	reclassified	in	the	segment	reporting,	the	comparative	figures	
are	included	from	the	beginning	of	the	earliest	comparative	period.

New and revised standards – adopted 
The	following	new	or	amendments	to	standards	and	interpretations	have	been	
issued	and	become	effective	during	the	current	period.	

Standards, amendments and interpretations
The	group	has	adopted	IFRS	16	Leases	from	1	January	2019	which	resulted	in	
material	changes	to	the	group’s	financial	statement.	

The	income	statements	and	balance	sheets	for	group	companies	with	a	

Under	the	new	standard,	a	lessee	is	required	to	recognise	all	contracts	that	
qualify	under	its	definition	of	a	lease	as	right-of-use	assets	and	lease	liabilities	

44

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Accounting policies 

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group	and	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Accounting policies 
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group	and	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

in	the	balance	sheet,	while	lease	payments	should	be	split	in	interest	expense	
and	reduction	of	lease	liabilities.	The	right-of-use	assets	are	to	be	depreciated	
in	accordance	with	IAS	16	“Property,	Plant	and	Equipment”	over	the	shorter	
of	each	contract’s	term	and	the	assets	useful	life.	The	standard	consequently	
implies	a	significant	change	in	lessees’	accounting	for	leases	previously	
defined	as	operating	leases	under	IAS	17,	both	as	regards	impact	on	the	
balance	period	of	time	in	exchange	of	consideration.	

The	group	implemented	IFRS	16	retrospectively	with	recognition	of	the	
cumulative	implementation	effect	recognised	at	the	date	of	initial	application	
1	January	2019.	By	doing	this,	comparative	financial	information	shall	not	be	
restated,	but	the	cumulative	effect	of	initially	applying	this	standard	shall	be	
reflected	as	an	adjustment	to	the	opening	balance.	

At	the	time	of	transition,	leases	entered	under	IAS	17	was	not	reassessed.	The	
opening	balance	related	to	the	transition	and	grouping	of	leased	assets	can	be	
found	in	note	8,	in	the	group	accounts	and	note	4	in	the	parent	accounts.	

Amended standards early adopted 
The	group	has	elected	to	early	adopt	the	‘Amendments	to	IFRS	9,	IAS	39	
and	IFRS	7	Interest	Rate	Benchmark	Reform’	issued	in	September	2019.	
In	accordance	with	the	transition	provisions,	the	amendments	have	been	
adopted	retrospectively	to	hedging	relationships	that	existed	at	the	start	of	
the	reporting	period	or	were	designated	thereafter.	The	amendments	provide	
temporary	relief	from	applying	specific	hedge	accounting	requirements	to	
hedging	relationships	directly	affected	by	IBOR	reform.	The	reliefs	have	the	
effect	that	IBOR	reform	should	not	generally	cause	hedge	accounting	to	
terminate.	However,	any	hedge	ineffectiveness	should	continue	to	be	recorded	
in	the	income	statement.	Furthermore,	the	amendments	set	out	triggers	for	
when	the	reliefs	will	end,	which	include	the	uncertainty	arising	from	interest	rate	
benchmark	reform	no	longer	being	present.

There	are	no	other	new	or	amended	standards	adopted	by	the	group	or	parent	
company	from	1	January	2019	or	later.

New and revised standards – not yet effective
Amendment	to	IAS	1	Classification	of	Liabilities	as	Current	or	Non-current	
applicable	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2022.	The	
amendment	changes	the	guidance	for	the	classification	of	liabilities	as	current	
or	non-current	depending	on	the	rights	that	exist	at	the	end	of	the	reporting	
period.	The	amendments	are	not	expected	to	have	a	material	effect	compared	
to	the	group’s	current	application	of	IAS	1.

the	parent	company	has	20-50%	of	the	voting	rights.	The	group’s	investments	
in	joint	ventures	and	associates	are	accounted	for	by	the	equity	method.	Such	
investments	are	recognised	at	the	date	of	acquisition	at	cost,	including	excess	
values	and	possible	goodwill.	

The	group’s	share	of	profit	after	tax	from	joint	ventures	and	associates,	are	
recognised	in	the	income	statement	as	an	investing	and	financial	activity.	
The	share	of	profit	after	tax	from	joint	ventures	and	associates	is	added	to	
the	carrying	amount	of	the	investments	together	with	its	share	of	equity	
movements	not	recognised	in	the	income	statement.	Sale	and	dilution	of	the	
share	of	associate	companies	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	when	the	
transactions	occur	for	the	group.	Unrealised	gains	on	transactions	are	partially	
eliminated	under	the	equity	method.	

When	an	investment	ceases	to	be	an	associate,	the	difference	between	(1)	the	
fair	value	of	any	retained	investment	and	proceeds	from	disposing	of	the	part	
interest	in	the	associate	and	(2)	the	carrying	amount	of	the	investment	at	the	
date	when	significant	influence	is	lost,	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement.
If	the	ownership	interest	in	a	joint	venture	or	an	associate	is	reduced,	but	the	
investment	continues	to	be	a	joint	venture	or	an	associate,	a	gain	or	loss	is	
recognised	in	the	income	statement	corresponding	to	the	difference	between	
the	proportionate	book	value	of	the	investment	sold	and	the	proceeds	from	
disposing	of	the	part	interest	in	the	joint	venture	or	associate.

Business combination
The	acquisition	method	of	accounting	is	used	to	account	for	all	business	
combinations,	regardless	of	whether	equity	instruments	or	other	assets	are	
acquired.	The	consideration	transferred	for	the	acquisition	comprises	the:	

•	 fair	value	of	the	asset	transferred
•	 liabilities	incurred	to	the	former	owners	of	the	acquired	business
•	 equity	interests	issued	by	the	group
•	 fair	value	of	any	assets	or	liability	resulting	from	a	contingent	consideration	 
	 arrangement,	and
•	 fair	value	of	any	pre-existing	equity	interest	in	the	subsidiary.

Identifiable	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	and	contingent	liabilities	assumed	in	
a	business	combination	are,	with	limited	exceptions,	measured	initially	at	their	
fair	values	at	the	acquisition	date.	The	group	recognises	any	non-controlling	
interest	in	the	acquired	entity	on	an	acquisition-by-acquisition	basis	either	at	
fair	value	or	at	non-controlling	interest’s	proportionate	share	of	the	acquired	
entity’s	net	identifiable	assets.	

There	are	no	other	IFRSs	or	IFRIC	interpretations	that	are	not	yet	effective	that 
would	be	expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	the	group	or	the	parent	company.

Acquisition-related	costs	are	expensed	as	incurred.	

SHARES IN SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES 
(PARENT COMPANY)
Shares	in	subsidiaries,	joint	ventures	and	associates	are	presented	according	
to	the	cost	method.	Group	contribution	received	is	included	in	dividends	
from	subsidiaries.	Group	contributions	and	dividends	from	subsidiaries	are	
recognised	in	the	year	for	which	they	are	proposed	by	the	subsidiary	to	the	
extent	the	parent	company	can	control	the	decision	of	the	subsidiary	through	
its	share	holdings	on	the	balance	sheet	date.	Shares	in	subsidiaries,	joint	
ventures	and	associates	are	reviewed	for	impairment	whenever	events	or	
changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	may	exceed	the	
recoverable	amount	of	the	investment.	An	impairment	loss	is	reversed	if	the	
impairment	situation	is	deemed	to	no	longer	exist.		

CONSOLIDATION POLICIES
Joint arrangements and associates
Joint	arrangements	and	associates	are	entities	over	which	the	group	or	parent	
company	has	joint	control	or	significant	influence	respectively	but	does	not	
control	alone.	

Investments	in	joint	arrangements	are	classified	as	either	joint	operations	or	
joint	ventures	depending	on	the	contractual	rights	and	obligations	to	each	
investor.	The	group	has	assessed	the	nature	of	its	joint	arrangements	and	
determined	them	to	be	joint	ventures.	Joint	ventures	are	accounted	for	using	
the	equity	method.

The	excess	of	the	
•	 consideration	transferred,
•	 amount	of	any	non-controlling	interest	in	the	acquired	entity,	and
•	 acquisition-date	fair	value	of	any	previous	equity	interests	in	the	acquired	 
	 entity	over	the	fair	value	of	the	net	identifiable	assets	acquired	is	recorded	 
	 as	goodwill.	If	those	amounts	are	less	than	the	fair	value	of	the	net	identifiable	 
	 assets	of	the	business	acquired,	the	difference	is	recognised	directly	in	profit	 
	 or	loss	as	a	bargain	purchase.	

Contingent	consideration	is	classified	either	as	equity	or	a	financial	liability.	
Amounts	classified	as	a	financial	liability	are	subsequently	remeasured	to	fair	
value	with	changes	in	fair	value	recognised	in	the	income	statement.	

If	the	business	combination	is	achieved	in	stages,	the	acquisition	date	
carrying	value	of	the	acquirer’s	previously	held	equity	interest	in	the	acquire	is	
remeasured	to	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date.	Any	gain	or	losses	arising	from	
such	remeasurement	are	recognised	in	income	statement.	

SEGMENT REPORTING
The	operating	segments	are	reported	in	a	manner	consistent	with	the	internal	
financial	reporting	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker.	

Comparative	figures	have	been	reclassified	in	the	segment’s	figures	from	the	
beginning	of	earliest	comparative	period	except	for	IFRS	16	effects.

Significant	influence	generally	accompanies	investments	where	the	group	or	

The	chief	operating	decision-maker,	who	is	responsible	for	allocating	
resources	and	assessing	performance	of	the	operating	segments,	has	been	

45

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Accounting policies 
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group	and	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

identified	as	the	board	and	Group	Management	Team,	consisting	of	the	group	
chief	executive	officer	(group	CEO)	and	three	executive	managers.	

they	arise.	Borrowing	costs	are	capitalised	to	the	extent	that	they	are	directly	
related	to	the	acquisition	of	the	asset.	

RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS
The	group	and	the	parent	company	have	transactions	with	joint	ventures	and	
associated	companies.	These	contracts	are	based	on	commercial	market	terms.	

Land	is	not	depreciated.	Other	tangible	assets	are	depreciated	over	the	
following	expected	useful	lives:
Property	
Other	tangible	assets		

10-50	years
3-10	years	

See	note	12	and	21	to	the	group	accounts	for	transactions	with	joint	ventures	
and	associates	and	note	7	and	15	to	the	parent	company	accounts.	

See	note	6	to	the	group	accounts	concerning	remuneration	of	senior	
executives	in	the	group	and	note	2	to	the	parent	company	accounts	for	
information	concerning	loans	and	guarantees	for	employees	in	the	parent	
company.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTION AND TRANSLATION
Transactions
Individual	companies’	transactions	in	foreign	currencies	are	initially	recorded	
in	the	functional	currency	by	applying	the	rate	of	exchange	as	of	the	date	
of	the	transaction.	Monetary	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	
currencies	are	translated	into	the	respective	functional	currency	at	the	rate	of	
the	exchange	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	realised	and	unrealised	currency	
gains	or	losses	are	included	in	financial	income	or	expense.	For	qualified	cash	
flow	hedging	derivatives,	qualifying	net	investment	hedges,	gains	and	losses	
are	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income,	and	reclassified	when	the	
hedged	object	affects	profit	or	loss.

Translations
In	the	consolidated	financial	statements,	the	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	
parent	company	(NOK	functional)	as	well	as	all	non	USD	functional	currency	
subsidiaries,	joint	ventures	and	associates,	including	related	goodwill,	are	
translated	into	USD	using	the	rate	of	exchange	as	of	the	balance	sheet	date.	
The	results	and	cash	flow	of	non	USD	functional	currency	subsidiaries,	joint	
ventures	and	associates	are	translated	into	USD	using	average	exchange	rate	
for	the	period	reported	(unless	this	average	is	not	a	reasonable	approximation	
of	the	cumulative	effect	of	the	rates	prevailing	on	the	transaction	dates,	in	
which	case	income	and	expenses	are	translated	at	the	rate	on	the	dates	of	the	
transactions).	Exchange	adjustments	arising	when	the	opening	net	assets	and	
the	net	income	for	the	year	retained	by	non	USD	operation	are	translated	into	
USD	are	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income.	On	disposals	of	a	non	
USD	functional	currency	subsidiary,	joint	ventures	or	associates,	the	deferred	
cumulative	amount	recognised	in	equity	relating	to	that	particular	entity	is	
recognised	in	the	income	statement.	

REVENUE RECOGNITION
The	group	earns	revenue	from	both	sale	of	goods,	rendering	of	services	
and	rental	activities.	Information	about	the	revenue	streams	and	associated	
accounting	principles	are	disclosed	in	note	3.		

INVENTORIES 
Inventories	of	purchased	goods	and	work	in	progress,	are	valued	at	cost	in	
accordance	with	the	weighted	average	cost	method.	Impairment	losses	are	
recognised	if	the	net	realisable	value	is	lower	than	the	cost	price.	Sales	costs	
include	all	remaining	sales,	administrative	and	storage	costs.

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS - CASH-SETTLED ARRANGEMENTS
Cash–settled payments / bonus plans
For	cash-settled	payments,	a	liability	equal	to	the	portion	services	received	is	
recognised	at	fair	value	determined	at	each	balance	sheet	date.

See	note	6	to	the	group	accounts	and	note	2	and	17	to	the	parent	accounts	
concerning	remuneration	of	senior	executives

TANGIBLE ASSETS
Vessel,	property	and	other	tangible	assets	acquired	by	group	companies	are	
stated	at	historical	cost.	Depreciation	is	calculated	on	a	straight-line	basis.	

The	carrying	value	of	tangible	assets	equals	the	historical	cost	less	
accumulated	depreciation	and	any	impairment	charges.

The	group’s	borrowing	costs	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement	when	

46

Each	component	of	a	tangible	asset	which	is	significant	for	the	total	cost	of	the	
item	will	be	depreciated	separately.	Components	with	similar	useful	lives	will	be	
included	in	a	single	component.	

The	estimated	residual	value	and	expected	useful	life	of	long-lived	assets	are	
reviewed	at	each	balance	sheet	date,	and	where	they	differ	significantly	from	
previous	estimates,	depreciation	charges	will	be	changed	accordingly	going	
forward.

LEASES
The	group	has	applied	IFRS	16	using	the	modified	retrospective	approach.	The	
impact	of	changes	in	accounting	policies	and	impact	of	the	initial	application	is	
disclosed	in	note	8	in	the	group	accounts	and	note	4	in	the	parent	accounts.

Identifying a lease
At	the	inception	of	a	contract,	the	group	assesses	whether	the	contract	is,	or	
contains,	a	lease.	A	contract	is,	or	contains,	a	lease	if	the	contract	conveys	the	
right	to	control	the	use	of	an	identified	asset	for	a	period	of	time	in	exchange	
for	consideration.	To	determine	whether	a	contract	conveys	the	right	to	control	
the	use	of	an	identified	asset,	the	group	assesses	whether:

•	 The	agreement	creates	enforceable	rights	of	payment	and	obligations
•	 The	identified	asset	is	physically	distinct
•	 It	has	the	right	to	obtain	substantially	all	of	the	economic	benefits	from	use	of	 
  the asset
•	 It	has	the	right	to	direct	the	use	of	the	asset
•	 The	supplier	does	not	have	a	substantive	right	to	substitute	the	asset	 
	 throughout	the	period	of	use

Lessee
Separating components in the lease contract:
For	contracts	that	constitutes,	or	contains	a	lease,	the	group	separates	lease	
components	if	it	benefits	from	the	use	of	each	underlying	asset	either	on	
its	own	or	together	with	other	resources	that	are	readily	available,	and	the	
underlying	asset	is	neither	highly	dependent	on,	nor	highly	interrelated	with,	
the	other	underlying	assets	in	the	contract.	The	group	then	accounts	for	each	
lease	component	within	the	contract	as	a	lease	separately	from	non-lease	
components	of	the	contract.	The	group	allocates	the	consideration	in	the	
contract	to	each	lease	component	on	the	basis	of	the	relative	stand-alone	
price	of	the	lease	component	and	the	aggregate	stand-alone	price	of	the	
non-lease	components.	If	an	observable	stand-alone	price	is	not	readily	
available,	the	group	estimates	this	price	by	maximising	the	use	of	observable	
information.

Recognition of leases and exemptions:
At	the	lease	commencement	date,	the	group	recognizes	a	lease	liability	and	
corresponding	right-of-use	asset	for	all	lease	agreements	in	which	it	is	the	
lessee,	except	for	the	following	exemptions	applied:

•	 Short-term	leases	(defined	as	12	months	or	less)	
•	 Low	value	assets

For	these	leases,	the	group	recognizes	the	lease	payments	as	other	operating	
expenses	in	the	statement	of	profit	or	loss	when	they	incur.

Measuring the lease liability:
The	lease	liability	is	initially	measured	at	the	present	value	of	the	lease	
payments	for	the	right	to	use	the	underlying	asset	during	the	lease	term	that	
are	not	paid	at	the	commencement	date.	The	lease	term	represents	the	non-
cancellable	period	of	the	lease,	together	with	periods	covered	by	an	option	
to	extend	the	lease	when	the	group	is	reasonably	certain	to	exercise	this	
option,	and	period’s	covered	by	an	option	to	terminate	the	lease	if	the	group	is	
reasonably	certain	not	to	exercise	that	option.

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
Accounting policies 

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group	and	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Accounting policies 
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group	and	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

The	lease	payments	included	in	the	measurement	comprise	of:

reversed.	Gain	or	loss	on	the	sale	of	a	business	includes	the	carried	amount	of	
goodwill	related	to	the	sold	business.

•	 Fixed	lease	payments	(including	in-substance	fixed	payments),	less	any	lease	 

incentives	receivable

•	 Variable	lease	payments	that	depend	on	an	index	or	a	rate,	initially	measured	 
	 using	the	index	or	rate	as	at	the	commencement	date
•	 Amount	expected	to	be	payable	by	the	group	under	residual	value	guarantees
•	 The	exercise	price	of	a	purchase	option,	if	the	group	is	reasonably	certain	to	 
	 exercise	that	option
•	 Payments	of	penalties	for	terminating	the	lease,	if	the	lease	term	reflects	the	 
	 group	exercising	an	option	to	terminate	the	lease.

The	group	do	not	include	variable	lease	payments	in	the	lease	liability	arising	
from	contracted	index	regulations	subject	to	future	events,	such	as	inflation.	
Instead,	the	group	recognizes	these	costs	in	profit	or	loss	in	the	period	in	
which	the	event	or	condition	that	triggers	those	payments	occurs.	The	lease	
liability	is	subsequently	measured	by	increasing	the	carrying	amount	to	
reflect	interest	on	the	lease	liability,	reducing	the	carrying	amount	to	reflect	
the	lease	payments	made	and	remeasuring	the	carrying	amount	to	reflect	
any	reassessment	or	lease	modifications,	or	to	reflect	adjustments	in	lease	
payments	due	to	an	adjustment	in	an	index	or	rate.	Group	presents	its	lease	
liabilities	as	separate	line	items	in	the	statement	of	financial	position.

Measuring the right-of-use asset:
The	right-of-use	asset	is	initially	measured	at	cost.	The	cost	of	the	right-of-use	
asset	comprise:

•	 The	amount	of	the	initial	measurement	of	the	lease	liability
•	 Any	lease	payments	made	at	or	before	the	commencement	date,	less	any	 

lease	incentives	received

•	 Any	initial	direct	costs	incurred	by	the	group
•	 An	estimate	of	costs	to	be	incurred	by	the	group	in	dismantling	and	removing	 
	 the	underlying	asset,	restoring	the	site	on	which	it	is	located	or	restoring	the	 
	 underlying	asset	to	the	condition	required	by	the	terms	and	conditions	of	the	 

lease,	unless	those	costs	are	incurred	to	produce	inventories.	

The	right-of-use	asset	is	subsequently	measured	at	cost	less	accumulated	
depreciation	and	impairment	losses.	The	group	applies	the	depreciation	
requirements	in	IAS	16	Property,	Plant	and	Equipment	in	depreciating	the	
right-of-use	asset,	except	that	the	right-of-use	asset	is	depreciated	from	the	
commencement	date	to	the	earlier	of	the	lease	term	and	the	remaining	useful	
life	of	the	right-of-use	asset.	The	group	has	not	applied	the	revaluation	model	
for	its	right	of	use	asset	for	leased	buildings.	

The	group	applies	IAS	36	Impairment	of	Assets	to	determine	whether	the	right-
of-use	asset	is	impaired	and	to	account	for	any	impairment	loss	identified.
Group	presents	it’s	right-of-use	assets	as	separate	line	items	in	the	
consolidated	statement	of	financial	position.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Amortisation	of	intangible	fixed	assets	is	based	on	the	following	expected	
useful	lives:

Goodwill	
Software	and	licenses	
Other	intangible	assets	

Indefinite	life
3-5	years
5-10	years

Goodwill
Goodwill	represents	the	excess	of	the	consideration	transferred,	the	amount	
of	any	non-controlling	interests	in	the	acquiree	and	the	acquisition	date	fair	
value	of	any	previous	equity	interests	in	the	acquiree	over	the	fair	value	of	the	
identifiable	net	assets	of	the	acquired	subsidiary,	joint	venture	or	associate.	
Goodwill	arising	from	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries	is	classified	as	an	
intangible	asset.	

For	impairment	testing	goodwill	is	allocated	to	relevant	cash-generating	units	
(“CGU”).	The	allocation	is	made	to	those	CGU	or	groups	of	CGU	which	are	
expected	to	benefit	from	the	acquisition.

Details	concerning	the	accounting	treatment	of	goodwill	are	provided	in	the	
section	on	consolidation	policies	above.

Other intangible assets
Costs	associated	with	maintaining	computer	software	programmes	are	
recognised	as	an	expense	as	incurred.	Development	costs	that	are	directly	
attributable	to	the	design	and	testing	of	identifiable	and	unique	software	
products	controlled	by	the	group	are	recognised	as	intangible	assets	when	the	
following	criteria	are	met:

•	 it	is	technically	feasible	to	complete	the	software	product	so	that	it	will	be	 
	 available	for	use;
•	 management	intends	to	complete	the	software	product	and	use	or	sell	it;
•	 it	can	be	demonstrated	how	the	software	product	will	generate	probable	 

future	economic	benefits;

•	 adequate	technical,	financial	and	other	resources	to	complete	the	 
	 development	and	to	use	or	sell	the	software	product	are	available;	and
•	 the	expenditure	attributable	to	the	software	product	during	its	development	 
	 can	be	reliably	measured.

Trademark,	technology/licenses	and	customer	relationship	have	a	finite	life	and	
are	recognised	at	historical	cost	less	accumulated	amortisation.	Amortisation	
is	calculated	using	the	straight-line	method	to	allocate	the	cost	of	trademarks	
and	licenses	over	their	estimated	useful	life.

Capitalised	expenses	related	to	other	intangible	assets	are	amortised	over	the	
expected	useful	lives	in	accordance	with	the	straight-line	method.

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND OTHER NON- FINANCIAL ASSETS
Non-financial assets 
At	each	reporting	date	the	accounts	are	assessed	whether	there	is	an	
indication	that	an	asset	may	be	impaired.	If	any	such	indication	exists,	or	when	
annual	impairment	testing	for	an	asset	is	required,	estimates	of	the	asset’s	
recoverable	amount	are	done.	The	recoverable	amount	is	the	highest	of	the	fair	
market	value	of	the	asset,	less	cost	to	sell,	and	the	net	present	value	(NPV)	of	
future	estimated	cash	flow	from	the	employment	of	the	asset	(“value	in	use”).	
The	NPV	is	based	on	a	discount	rate	according	to	a	weighted	average	cost	of	
capital	(“WACC”)	reflecting	the	company’s	required	rate	of	return.	The	WACC	is	
calculated	based	on	the	company’s	long-term	borrowing	rate	and	a	risk-free	
rate	plus	a	risk	premium	for	the	equity.	If	the	recoverable	amount	is	lower	than	
the	book	value,	impairment	has	occurred,	and	the	asset	shall	be	revalued.	
Impairment	losses	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.	Assets	are	grouped	at	the	
lowest	level	where	there	are	separately	identifiable	independent	cash	flows.	

Goodwill 
Goodwill	acquired	through	business	combinations	has	been	allocated	to	the	
relevant	CGU.	An	assessment	is	made	as	to	whether	the	carrying	amount	
of	the	goodwill	can	be	justified	by	future	earnings	from	the	CGU	to	which	
the	goodwill	relates.	If	the	”value	in	use”	of	the	CGU	is	less	than	the	carrying	
amount	of	the	CGU,	including	goodwill,	goodwill	will	be	written	down	first.	
Thereafter	the	carrying	amount	of	the	CGU	will	be	written	down.	Impairment	
losses	related	to	goodwill	cannot	be	reversed.

FINANCIAL ASSETS
From	1	January	2018,	the	group	classifies	its	financial	assets	in	the	following	
measurement	categories:

Goodwill	arising	from	the	acquisition	of	an	interest	in	an	associated	company	is	
included	under	investment	in	associated	companies	and	tested	for	impairment	
as	part	of	the	carried	amount	of	the	investment	when	impairment	indicators	is	
present.	

•	 those	to	be	measured	subsequently	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	(FVPL)	
•	 those	to	be	measured	at	amortised	cost

Management	determines	the	classification	of	financial	assets	at	their	initial	
recognition.

Goodwill	from	acquisition	of	businesses	is	tested	annually	for	impairment	and	
carried	at	cost	less	impairment	losses.	Impairment	losses	on	goodwill	are	not	

Financial	assets	subsequently	carried	at	fair	value	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	
value,	and	transaction	costs	are	expensed	in	the	income	statement.

47

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019	
	
	
	
Accounting policies 
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group	and	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

The	group	and	the	parent	company	classified	financial	assets	under	IAS	39	
into	the	following	categories:	trading	financial	assets	at	fair	value	through	profit	
or	loss,	loans	and	receivables,	and	available-for-sale	financial	assets.	The	
classification	depended	on	the	purpose	of	the	asset.	

Operating leases
For	operating	leases,	the	group	recognises	lease	payments	as	other	income,	
mainly	on	a	straight-line	basis,	unless	another	systematic	basis	is	more	
representative	of	the	pattern	in	which	benefit	from	the	use	of	the	underlying	
asset	is	diminished.	The	group	recognise	costs	incurred	in	earning	the	
lease	income	in	other	operating	expenses.	The	group	adds	initial	direct	
costs	incurred	in	obtaining	an	operating	lease	to	the	carrying	amount	of	the	
underlying	asset	and	recognise	those	costs	as	an	expense	over	the	lease	term	
on	the	same	basis	as	the	rental	income.

Current financial investments
This	category	consists	of	financial	assets	held	for	trading.	A	financial	asset	is	
classified	in	this	category	if	acquired	principally	for	the	purpose	of	profit	from	
short	term	price	gains.	Current	financial	investments	are	measured	at	fair	value.	
The	resulting	unrealised	gains	and	losses	are	included	in	financial	income	and	
expense.	Derivatives	are	also	placed	in	this	category	unless	designated	as	
hedges.	Assets	in	this	category	are	classified	as	current.	

Loans and receivables at amortised cost
Loans	and	receivables	are	non-derivative	financial	assets	with	fixed	or	
determinable	payments,	which	are	not	traded	in	an	active	market.	They	are	
included	in	current	assets,	except	for	maturities	greater	than	12	months	after	
the	balance	sheet	date.	These	are	classified	as	non-current	assets.	Loans	and	
receivable	are	classified	as	other	current	assets	or	other	non-current	assets	in	
the	balance	sheet.

Loans	and	receivables	are	recognised	initially	at	their	fair	value	plus	transaction	
costs.	Financial	assets	are	derecognised	when	the	contractual	rights	to	the	
cash	flows	from	the	financial	assets	expire	or	are	transferred,	and	the	group	has	
transferred	by	and	large	all	risk	and	return	from	the	financial	asset.

At	the	date	of	the	hedging	transaction,	the	group	documents	the	relationship	
between	hedging	instruments	and	hedged	items,	as	well	as	the	objective	of	its	
risk	management	and	the	strategy	underlying	the	various	hedge	transactions.	
The	group	also	documents	the	extent	to	which	the	applied	derivatives	are	
effective	in	offsetting	changes	in	fair	value	or	cash	flow	associated	with	the	
hedge	items.	Such	assessments	are	documented	both	initially	and	on	an	
ongoing	basis.

The	fair	value	of	derivatives	used	for	hedging	is	shown	in	note	19	to	the	group	
accounts.	Changes	in	the	valuation	of	qualified	hedges	are	recognised	directly	
in	other	comprehensive	income	until	the	hedged	transactions	are	realised.

The	fair	value	of	financial	derivatives	traded	in	active	markets	is	based	on	
quoted	market	prices	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	fair	value	of	financial	
derivatives	not	traded	in	an	active	market	is	determined	using	valuation	
methodology,	such	as	the	discounted	value	of	future	cash	flows.	Independent	
experts	verify	the	value	determination	for	instruments	which	are	considered	
material.

Cash flow hedge
The	effective	portion	of	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives	designated	
as	cash	flow	hedges	are	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	
together	with	the	deferred	tax	effect.	Gain	and	loss	on	the	ineffective	portion	
is	recognised	in	the	income	statement.	Amounts	recognised	in	other	
comprehensive	income	are	recognised	as	income	or	expense	in	the	income	
statement	in	the	period	when	the	hedged	liability	or	planned	transaction	will	
affect	the	income	statement.	

Net investment hedge
Gain	and	losses	arising	from	the	hedging	instruments	relating	to	the	effective	
portions	of	the	net	investment	hedges	are	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	
income.	These	translation	reserves	are	reclassified	to	the	income	statement	
upon	loss	of	control	of	the	hedged	net	investments,	offsetting	the	translation	
differences	from	these	net	investments.	Any	ineffective	portion	is	recognised	
immediately	in	the	income	statement	as	financial	income/(expenses).

Realised	gains	and	losses	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement	in	the	
period	they	arise.	

Financial assets to fair value 
The	group	continued	measuring	at	fair	value	all	financial	assets	previously	held	
at	fair	value	under	IAS	39.	The	following	are	the	changes	in	the	classification	of	
the	group’s	financial	assets

DEFERRED TAX / DEFERRED TAX ASSET
Deferred	tax	is	calculated	using	the	liability	method	on	all	temporary	
differences	arising	between	the	tax	bases	of	assets	and	liabilities	and	their	
carrying	amounts	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	Deferred	income	
tax	is	determined	using	tax	rates	and	laws	which	have	been	enacted	by	the	
balance	sheet	date	and	are	expected	to	apply	when	the	related	deferred	
income	tax	asset	is	realised,	or	the	deferred	income	tax	liability	settled.

Equity	investments	in	listed	companies:
These	financial	assets	were	previously	classified	as	“available-for-sale”	financial	
assets	are	now	classified	and	measured	as	equity	instruments	designated	at	
fair	value	through	the	income	statement.	

Deferred	income	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	
future	taxable	profit	will	be	available,	and	that	the	temporary	differences	can	be	
deducted	from	this	profit.	

Changes	in	fair	value	during	the	period,	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement.	

Financial	assets	to	fair	value	are	included	in	non-current	assets	unless	the	
investment	matures	or	management	intends	to	dispose	of	it	within	12	months	
of	the	end	of	the	reporting	period.

FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
Derivatives	are	included	in	current	assets	or	current	liabilities,	except	for	maturities 
greater	than	12	months	after	the	balance	sheet	date.	These	are	classified	as	
non-current	assets	or	other	non-current	liabilities	as	they	form	part	of	the	group’s 
long-term	economic	hedging	strategy	and	are	not	classified	as	held	for	trading.

Derivatives	are	recognised	at	fair	value	on	the	date	a	derivative	contract	is	
entered	into	and	are	revalued	on	a	continuous	basis	at	their	fair	value.	

Derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting
Most	derivative	instruments	do	not	qualify	for	hedge	accounting.	Changes	in 
the	fair	value	of	any	derivative	instruments	which	do	not	qualify	for	hedge	
accounting	are	presented	in	the	income	statement	as	financial	income/expense.

Derivatives which do qualify for hedge accounting
The	group	designates	certain	derivatives	as	hedges	of	highly	probable	forecast	
transactions	(cash	flow	hedges).	

Deferred	income	tax	is	calculated	on	temporary	differences	arising	on	
investments	in	subsidiaries	and	associates,	except	where	the	timing	of	the	
reversal	of	the	temporary	difference	is	controlled	by	the	group.

PENSION OBLIGATIONS
Group	companies	have	various	pension	schemes,	and	the	employees	are	
covered	by	pension	plans	which	comply	with	local	laws	and	regulations.	These	
schemes	are	generally	funded	through	payments	to	insurance	companies	or	
pension	funds	on	the	basis	of	periodic	actuarial	calculations.	The	group	and	
the	parent	company	have	both	defined	contribution	and	defined	benefit	plans	
up	to	31	December	2019.	

The	group	has	“Ekstrapensjon”,	a	contribution	plan	for	all	Norwegian	
employees	with	salaries	exceeding	12	times	the	Norwegian	National	Insurance	
base	amount	(G).	The	contribution	plan	replaced	the	group	obligations	mainly	
financed	from	operation.	However,	the	group	still	has	obligations	for	some	
employees	related	to	salaries	exceeding	12	times	the	Norwegian	National	
Insurance	base	amount	(G)	mainly	financed	from	operations.

A	defined	contribution	plan	is	one	under	which	the	group	and	the	parent	
company	pay	fixed	contributions	to	a	separate	legal	entity.	The	group	and	
the	parent	company	have	no	legal	or	constructive	obligations	to	pay	further	
contributions	if	the	fund	does	not	hold	sufficient	assets	to	pay	all	employees	
the	benefits	relating	to	employee	service	in	the	current	and	prior	periods.

48

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Accounting policies 
Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	group	and	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

A	defined	benefit	plan	is	one	which	is	not	a	defined	contribution	plan.	This	type	
of	plan	typically	defines	an	amount	of	pension	benefit	an	employee	will	receive	
on	retirement,	normally	dependent	on	one	or	more	factors	such	as	age,	years	
of	service	and	pay.	

The	liability	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	in	respect	of	defined	benefit	
pension	plans	is	the	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	at	the	end	
of	the	reporting	period	less	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets.	The	defined	benefit	
obligation	is	calculated	annually	by	independent	actuaries	using	the	projected	
unit	credit	method.	The	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	is	
determined	by	discounting	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	using	interest	
rates	of	high-quality	corporate	bonds	that	are	denominated	in	the	currency	in	
which	the	benefits	will	be	paid,	and	that	have	terms	to	maturity	approximating	
to	the	terms	of	the	related	pension	obligation.

The	pension	obligation	is	calculated	annually	by	independent	actuaries	
using	a	straight-line	earnings	method.	Actuarial	gains	and	losses	arising	from	
experience	adjustments	and	changes	in	actuarial	assumptions	are	charged	or	
credited	to	equity	in	other	comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	
arise.	Past-service	costs	are	recognised	immediately	in	the	income	statement.

RECEIVABLES
Account	receivables	and	other	receivables,	that	have	fixed	or	determinable	
payments	that	are	not	quoted	in	an	active	market	are	classified	as	receivables.	

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
When	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	group	and	the	parent	company	
must	make	assumptions	and	estimates.	These	estimates	are	based	on	the	
actual	underlying	business,	its	present	and	forecast	profitability	over	time,	and	
expectations	about	external	factors	such	as	interest	rates,	foreign	exchange	
rates	and	oil	prices	which	are	outside	the	group’s	and	parent	company’s	
control.	This	presents	a	substantial	risk	that	actual	conditions	will	vary	from	the	
estimates.

Sensitivity of the lease liability
The	group	cannot	always	determine	the	interest	rate	implicit	in	the	lease,	
therefore,	it	uses	its	incremental	borrowing	rate	to	measure	lease	liabilities.	
The	incremental	borrowing	rate	reflects	what	the	group	‘would	have	to	pay’,	
which	requires	estimation	when	no	observable	rates	are	available	(such	as	for	
subsidiaries	that	do	not	enter	into	financing	transactions)	or	when	the	rates	
need	to	be	adjusted	to	reflect	the	term	and	currency	of	the	lease.	
In	determining	the	lease	term,	management	considers	all	facts	and	
circumstances	that	create	an	economic	incentive	to	exercise	an	extension	
option,	or	not	exercise	a	termination	option.	Extension	options	(or	periods	
after	termination	options)	are	only	included	in	the	lease	term	if	the	lease	is	
reasonably	certain	to	be	extended	(or	not	terminated).	The	assessment	is	
reviewed	if	a	significant	event	or	a	significant	change	in	circumstances	occurs	
which	affects	this	assessment	and	that	is	within	the	control	of	the	lessee.	

See	note	8	in	the	group	accounts	for	additional	information.

The	group	applies	the	IFRS	9	simplified	approach	to	measure	expected	credit	
losses	which	uses	a	lifetime	expected	loss	allowance	for	all	trade	receivables	
and	contract	assets.	To	measure	the	expected	credit	losses,	trade	receivables	
has	been	grouped	based	on	shared	credit	risk	characteristics	and	days	past	due.	

Impairment of goodwill
Assets	that	have	an	indefinite	useful	life,	for	example	goodwill,	are	not	subject	
to	amortisation	and	are	tested	annually	for	impairment.	

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	include	cash	in	hand,	deposits	held	at	call	with	
banks	and	other	liquid	investments	with	maturities	of	three	months	or	less.	
Bank	overdrafts	are	presented	under	borrowings	in	current	liabilities	on	the	
balance	sheet.

The	main	risks	are:
•	 Growth
•	 Net	profit
•	 Cash	flow

Assets	that	are	subject	to	amortisation	or	depreciation	are	reviewed	for	
impairment	whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	
carrying	amount	may	not	be	recoverable.	An	impairment	loss	is	recognised	
for	the	amount	by	which	the	asset’s	carrying	amount	exceeds	its	recoverable	
amount.	

The	recoverable	amount	is	the	higher	of	an	asset’s	fair	value	less	costs	to	
sell	and	value	in	use.	For	the	purposes	of	assessing	impairment,	assets	are	
grouped	at	the	lowest	levels	for	which	there	are	separately	identifiable	cash	
flows	(cash-generating	units).	Non-financial	assets	other	than	goodwill	that	
suffered	impairment	are	reviewed	for	possible	reversal	of	the	impairment	
at	each	reporting	date.	The	group	has	financial	models	which	calculate	and	
determine	the	value	in	use	through	a	combination	of	actual	and	expected	cash	
flow	generation	discounted	to	present	value.	The	expected	future	cash	flow	
generation	and	models	are	based	on	assumptions	and	estimate.

See	note	7	in	the	group	accounts	for	additional	information.		

SHARE CAPITAL AND TREASURY SHARES
When	the	parent	company	purchases	its	own	shares	(treasury	shares),	
the	consideration	paid,	including	any	attributable	transaction	costs	net	of	
income	tax,	is	deducted	from	the	equity	attributable	to	the	parent	company’s	
shareholders	until	the	shares	are	liquidated	or	sold.	Should	such	shares	
subsequently	be	sold	or	reissued,	any	consideration	received	is	included	in	
share	capital.

DIVIDEND IN THE GROUP ACCOUNTS
Dividend	payments	to	the	parent	company’s	shareholders	are	recognised	as	a	
liability	in	the	group’s	financial	statements	from	the	date	when	the	dividend	is	
approved	by	the	general	meeting.	

DIVIDEND AND GROUP CONTRIBUTION IN PARENT ACCOUNTS
Proposed	dividend	for	the	parent	company’s	shareholders	is	shown	in	the	
parent	company	account	as	a	liability	at	31	December	current	year.	Group	
contribution	to	the	parent	company	is	recognised	as	a	financial	income	and	
current	asset	in	the	financial	statement	at	31	December	current	year.	

LOANS
Loans	are	recognised	at	fair	value	when	the	proceeds	are	received,	net	of	
transaction	costs.	In	subsequent	periods,	loans	are	stated	at	amortised	cost	
using	the	effective	yield	method.	Any	difference	between	proceeds	(net	of	
transaction	costs)	and	the	redemption	value	is	recognised	in	the	income	
statement	over	the	term	of	the	loan.	Loans	are	classified	as	current	liabilities	
unless	the	group	or	the	parent	company	has	an	unconditional	right	to	defer	
settlement	of	the	liability	for	at	least	12	months	after	the	balance	sheet	date.

PROVISIONS
The	group	and	the	parent	company	make	provisions	for	legal	claims	when	a	
legal	or	constructive	obligation	exists	as	a	result	of	past	events,	it	is	more	likely	
than	not	that	an	outflow	of	resources	will	be	required	to	settle	the	obligation,	
and	the	amount	can	be	estimated	with	a	sufficient	degree	of	reliability.	
Provisions	are	not	made	for	future	operating	losses.

49

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 1 Combined	items,	income	statement

USD mill

OPERATING REVENUE

Ships	service	revenue	

Supply	services	revenue

Ship	management	and	crewing	revenue

Revenue	from	services	

Total operating revenue

GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS

Gain	on	sale	of	assets

Total gain on sale of assets

OTHER EXPENSES

Office	expenses

Communication	and	IT	expenses

External	services

Travel	and	meeting	expenses

Marketing	expenses

Lease	expenses*

Other	operating	expenses

Total other expenses

*	Included	in	other	operating	expenses	in	2018.

FINANCIAL INCOME AND EXPENSES

Financial items

Investment	management

Interest	income

Dividend	from	financial	assets	

Other	financial	items

Net financial items

Financial – interest expenses

Interest	expenses

Interest	expenses	–	finance	lease	

Other	financial	expenses	

Net financial – interest expenses

Financial – currency gain/(loss)

Net	currency	gain/(loss)	–	non	financial	currency

Net	currency	gain/(loss)	–	financial	currency

Derivatives	for	hedging	of	cash	flow	risk	–	realised

Derivatives	for	hedging	of	cash	flow	risk	–	unrealised

Net financial – currency gain/(loss)

Financial income/(expenses)

Spesification of financial income and expenses

Net	financial	items

Financial income

Net	financial	–	interest	expenses

Net	financial	currency	loss

Financial expenses

See note 19 on financial risk and the section of the accounting policies concerning financial derivatives.

50

Note

2019

2018

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/3

21

8

21

	528	

	249	

 45 

 13 

 836 

 14 

 14 

 (16)

 (26)

	(20)

	(9)

 (3)

	(10)

 (64)

 (148)

 12 

 4 

 16 

 1 

 33 

 (25)

 (11)

 (5)

 (41)

 7 

	(10)

	(10)

 4 

 (8)

 (17)

 33 

 33 

 (41)

	(8)

 (49)

 535 

	283	

 41 

	8	

 867 

 4 

 4 

	(58)

 (27)

 (31)

	(8)

 (4)

	(78)

 (206)

 (6)

 4 

 13 

 5 

 16 

	(29)

 (5)

 (34)

 (4)

 (3)

 (2)

 (15)

 (23)

 (41)

 16 

 16 

 (34)

 (23)

 (57)

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 2 Segment	reporting
SEGMENTS
The	chief	operating	decision-maker	monitors	the	business	by	combining	
entities	with	similar	operational	characteristics	such	as	product	services,	
market	and	underlying	asset	base,	into	operating	segments.

The	Maritime	Services	segment	offers	marine	products,	ship	agency	services	
and	logistics	to	the	merchant	fleet	and	ship	management	including	manning	for	
all	major	vessel	types,	through	a	worldwide	network	of	more	than	241	offices	in	
some	62	countries.

The	Supply	Services	segment	is	mainly	related	to	the	operation	of	supply	
bases	for	the	oil	industry	in	Norway,	as	well	as	real	estate	development	and	
operation	of	properties	both	on	and	off	the	supply	bases.	In	addition	to	the	
activity	in	Norway,	the	segment	offers	its	services	in	both	Denmark	and	in	
the	UK.	The	international	activity	consists	of	both	operation	of	supply	bases,	
maintenance	of	rigs	and	handling	of	logistics	related	to	international	pipeline	
projects	and	windmill	parks.	

The	Holding	and	Investments	segment	includes	the	parent	company,	Wilh.	
Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA,	Treasure	ASA	group,	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	
AS	group	and	other	minor	activities	(WilService	AS,	Wilhelmsen	Accounting	
Services	AS	and	corporate	group	activities	like	operational	management,	legal,	
finance,	portfolio	management,	communication	and	human	relations)	which	
fail	to	meet	the	definition	for	other	core	activities.	The	groups	investment	in	
WalWil	is	presented	as	part	of	Holding	and	Investments	as	an	investment	in	
associates.	

Eliminations	are	between	the	group’s	three	segments	mentioned	above.

The	segment	income	statement	are	measured	in	the	same	way	as	in	the	
financial	statements.	

The	segment	information	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker	for	
the	reportable	segments	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2019	is	as	follows:

USD mill

Maritime Services

Supply Services 

Holding  
and Investments

Eliminations

Total

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

INCOME STATEMENT

Operating	revenue

Gain	on	disposals	of	assets

Total income

Cost	of	goods	and	change	in	inventory

Employee	benefits

Other	expenses

Depreciation	and	impairments

Total operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss) 

Share	of	profit	from	associates	

Changes	in	fair	value	financial	assets

Net	financial	income	/	expenses

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax	income/(expense)

Profit/(loss)

Non-controlling	interests

Profit/(loss) to the owners of the parent

	582	

9

591

	(181)

	(204)

	(103)

	(29)

 (517)

 73 

 4 

 (27)

 (24)

 27 

 (12)

 15 

 1 

 14 

	580	

2

582

	(198)

 (212)

	(130)

 (16)

 (556)

 26 

 4 

 (61)

 (37)

 (68)

 13 

 (55)

2

 (56)

	249	

6

255

 (65)

	(89)

 (42)

 (37)

 (233)

 22 

	283	

3

285

	(68)

	(96)

 (71)

 (26)

 (260)

 25 

 6 

	9	

	(19)

 8 

 (3)

 5 

 1 

 4 

 (15)

 20 

 (4)

 15 

 4 

 11 

 11 

 11 

11

11

 (1)

 (14)

	(9)

 (5)

 (28)

 (17)

	39	

 61 

26

 109 

 1 

 109 

 13 

 96 

 (1)

 (13)

 (12)

 (1)

 (26)

 (15)

 23 

 (56)

10

 (38)

 3 

 (35)

 (12)

 (23)

 (7)

 (7)

 5 

 1 

 7 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 (7)

 (7)

 6 

 7 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 (0)

	836	

 14 

 850 

 (247)

	(306)

	(148)

 (71)

 (772)

 78 

	49	

 34 

 (17)

 144 

 (15)

 130 

 16 

 114 

	867	

4

871

 (267)

	(320)

	(206)

 (42)

 (835)

 36 

 36 

 (116)

 (41)

 (86)

 12 

 (75)

 (6)

 (69)

Supply	Services;	one	customer	represent	about	20%	of	the	total	revenue.

51

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
    
 
 
   
    
    
    
   
    
    
 
    
    
    
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
Cont. note 2 Segment	reporting
The	amounts	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker	with	respect	to	total	assets,	liabilities	and	equity	are	measured	in	the	same	way	as	in	the	financial	statements.	

USD mill

Maritme Services 

Supply Services 

Holding and 
Investments 

Eliminations

Total

31.12.19

31.12.18

31.12.19

31.12.18

31.12.19

31.12.18

31.12.19

31.12.18

31.12.19

31.12.18

	10	

 27 

	867	

 675 

 15 

	102	

 27 

 31 

 7 

 2 

	848	

 623 

 24 

	88	

 14 

	18	

 (6)

 (16)

	(20)

 (35)

	(30)

 57 

 151 

	728	

 54 

 156 

 567 

	1	003	

	1	018	

 675 

 25 

	102	

	400	

 153 

	650	

 23 

	88	

	385	

	140	

 1 753 

 1 624 

 (57)

 (50)

 3 293 

 3 079 

 1 523 

 1 431 

	149	

 144 

	48	

 6 

 27 

 23 

	9	

 17 

 1 753 

 1 624 

	1	880	

	1	821	

	202	

 11 

 675 

	49	

 476 

	196	

 12 

 533 

	120	

	397	

 3 293 

 3 079 

 36 

	48	

 (17)

 (3)

	(30)

 (50)

 173 

	181	

 (21)

 (1)

 (35)

 (57)

 (6)

 (6)

BALANCE SHEET

Assets

Deferred	tax	asset

Intangible	assets

Tangible	assets*

Investments	in	joint	ventures	
and	associates

Financial	assets	to	fair	value	

Other	non	current	assets

Current	financial	investments

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	

Total assets

Equity and liabilities

Equity	majority

Equity	non-controlling	interests

Deferred	tax

Interest-bearing	debt**

Other	non	current	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

 42 

 145 

	228	

 11 

	19	

 327 

 116 

 887 

	204	

 (1)

 11 

 247 

 22 

	404	

 887 

 42 

	149	

	188	

 11 

 27 

 13 

	294	

	110	

 834 

 237 

 (1)

 12 

	197	

	97	

	292	

 834 

 5 

 5 

 5 

 6 

	478	

 377 

 126 

	159	

 7 

 6 

	82	

 7 

 710 

 154 

 54 

	401	

 22 

	80	

 710 

	107	

 12 

 671 

 152 

 54 

	330	

	18	

 117 

 671 

Investments	in	tangible	assets

 14 

	19	

	20	

	29	

 1 

IFRS16 leasing

*Right-of-use	(included	in	
tangible	assets)

**Leasing	debt	(included	in	
interest-bearing	debt)

 46 

	49	

	108	

 113 

 24 

 25 

52

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
    
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
Cont. note 2 Segment	reporting
The	amounts	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker	with	respect	to	cash	flows	are	measured	in	a	manner	consistent	with	that	of	the	balance	sheet.

USD mill

CASH FLOW

Profit/(loss)	before	tax	

Changes	in	fair	value	financial	assets

Share	of	profit	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Net	financial	(income)/expenses

Depreciation/impairment

Change	in	working	capital

Net	gain	from	sale	of	assets/change	in	accounting	principle	

Net cash provided by operating activities

Dividend	received	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Net	sale/(investments)	in	fixed	assets

Net	sale/(investments)	in	entities	and	segments

Net	investments	in	financial	investments

Net	changes	in	other	investments

Net cash flow from investing activities

Net	change	of	debt

Net	change	in	other	financial	items

Net	dividend	from	other	segments/	to	shareholders

Net cash flow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	the	beginning	of	the	period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS

Maritime Services 

Supply Services

Holding and Investments 

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

 27 

 27 

 (4)

 24 

	29	

 (21)

 1 

83

 3 

	(8)

 (3)

 3 

 (5)

	(9)

 (15)

	(48)

 (73)

 6 

110

116

	(68)

 61 

 (4)

 37 

 16 

	(20)

 (2)

20

 3 

 (13)

	18	

 (2)

 7 

 1 

 (15)

 (47)

 (61)

 (34)

144

 110 

	8	

 (6)

	19	

 37 

	(18)

	(8)

32

	10	

	(20)

	39	

 1 

 29 

	(48)

 (12)

 (5)

 (66)

 (5)

12

7

	20	

	(9)

 15 

 26 

 (6)

 (3)

42

 17 

 (24)

 6 

 1 

 1 

 (0)

 (17)

 (14)

 (6)

 (38)

 4 

	8	

 12 

	109	

 (61)

	(39)

 (26)

 5 

 3 

 (8)

	19	

 (1)

 3 

 (3)

 23 

 42 

 (22)

 (22)

 12 

18

31

	(38)

 56 

 (23)

	(10)

 1 

 5 

 (9)

 (3)

	40	

 36 

 (27)

 (3)

 7 

 (23)

 3 

15

18

USD mill

Europe

Americas

Asia & Africa

Oceania

Total

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Total	income

Total	assets

Investment	in	tangible	assets

Russia	is	defined	as	Europe.

	479	

 513 

	2	940	

 2 367 

 25 

	38	

	70	

 25 

 1 

 66 

 34 

 273 

	297	

	9	

 262 

 562 

	10	

 27 

 31 

 1 

	30	

 115 

	850	

	871	

	3	293	

	3	079	

 36 

	48	

Total income
Area	income	is	based	on	the	geographical	location	of	the	company	and	
includes	sales	gains.

Total assets
Area	assets	are	based	on	the	geographical	location	of	the	assets.

Investments in tangible assets
Area	capital	expenditure	is	based	on	the	geographical	location	of	the	assets.

53

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Note 3 Revenue	from	contracts	with	customers

OPERATING REVENUE

USD mill

Revenue segments 

Maritime services

Supply services

2019

Holding and  
Investments

Elimination

Total

Marine 
Products

Ships 
Agency

Technical/ 
crewing 
management

Other

Operation

Property

Other

Other 

Revenue	from
external	customers

Total 

Timing	of	revenue	
recognition	

At	a	point	in	time

Over	time

Total 

Revenue segments

Revenue	from	
external	customers

Total 

Timing	of	revenue	
recognition	

At	a	point	in	time

Over	time

Total 

 366 

 366 

	129	

 129 

 366 

 366 

	129	

 129 

	358	

 358 

 126 

 126 

	358	

 358 

126

 126 

 45 

 45 

 45 

 45 

 41 

 41 

 41 

 41 

 42 

 42 

39

3

 42 

 55 

 55 

 55 

 55 

 216 

 216 

 24 

 24 

 216 

 216 

 24 

 24 

	9	

 9 

	9	

 9 

	238	

 238 

 26 

 26 

	18	

 18 

	238	

 238 

 26 

 26 

	18	

 18 

 11 

 11 

 11 

 11 

 11 

 11 

 11 

 11 

 (7)

 (7)

 (7)

 (7)

 (7)

 (7)

 (7)

 (7)

	836	

 836 

405

431

 836 

2018

	867	

 867 

 413 

 454 

 867 

MARITIME SERVICES
Marine Products – Sale of goods
The	group	offers	a	wide	range	of	products	to	the	maritime	industry.	The	products	
are	delivered	to	the	customer	at	vessel	or	warehouse,	which	is	also	the	point	in	
time	where	control	transfers	to	the	customer	and	revenue	is	recognized	net	of	
any	discounts.	Some	customers	are	entitled	to	retrospective	volume	discounts	
based	on	aggregate	sales	over	a	defined	period.	Revenue	from	these	sales	is	
recognized	based	on	the	price	specified	in	the	contract,	net	of	the	estimated	
volume	discounts.	Accumulated	experience	is	used	to	estimate	and	provide	for	
the	discounts,	using	the	expected	value	method,	and	revenue	is	only	recognized	
to	the	extent	that	it	is	highly	probable	that	a	significant	reversal	will	not	occur.	
A	refund	liability	(included	in	other	current	liabilities)	is	recongized	for	expected	
volume	discounts	payable	to	customers	in	relations	to	sales	made	until	the	end	
of	the	reporting	period.	The	contracts	typically	has	payment	terms	of	30	days	
after	delivery,	and	no	significant	financing	component	is	identified.	

Other revenue in the Maritime services segment
These	revenues	mainly	consist	of	sale	of	ropes	to	non-maritime	customers	
and	chemicals	for	the	consumer	markets.	Most	of	the	sales	are	to	wholesale	
customers.	Revenue	is	recognised	net	of	any	discounts	at	delivery.	Time	and	
place	of	delivery,	and	transfer	of	control,	depend	on	agreed	delivery	terms	
but	usually	when	the	customer	receives	the	goods.	The	group	is	acting	as	an	
agent,	and	is	entitled	to	a	defined	commission	of	the	insurance	premium.	The	
comission	is	per	year	and	recognised	on	a	straight	line	basis	thorugh	the	year.

SUPPLY SERVICES 
Operations 
NorSea	Group	provides	supply	bases	and	integrated	logistics	solution	to	
the	offshore	industry.	Revenues	from	external	customers	come	from	sale	of	
services	to	the	oil	and	gas	industry	(Operations),	from	the	rental	of	properties	
(Property)	and	from	the	sale	of	services	to	other	industries	(Other).

Ships Agency – Sale of services 
The	group	offers	ships	agency	services	coverering	2	200	port	locations	world	
wide.	The	agents	facilitates	efficent	port	calls	for	vessels,	by	procuring	goods	
and	services	on	behalf	of	the	customers	and	to	assist	with	required	permits	
and	custom	declaration	assocuated	with	the	port	call.	Prior	to	the	port	call,	the	
customer	is	required	to	make	available	funds	for	the	expected	disbursements	
(pre	funding).	Following	the	completion	of	the	services	the	group	prepare	a	
final	disbursement	account	to	the	customer	documenting	all	disbusement	for	
the	port	call.	The	group	is	only	acting	as	an	agent,	and	control	of	goods	and	
services	transfers	directly	from	the	relevant	suppliers	to	the	customer.	The	
group	does	not	have	inventory	risk	or	the	discretion	on	establishing	prices.	For	
the	services	rendered,	the	group	is	entitled	to	a	fee	that	consist	of	a	payment	
based	on	services	delivered	to	customer.

Technical / crewing management 
Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	(WSM)	offers	technical	management	and	crew	
management	for	all	vessel	segments.	Ususally	the	contracts	will	include	an	
annual	compensation	payable	in	monthly	arreas,	in	addition	the	ship	owner	
is	charged	a	monthly	fee	per	crew	onboard	the	vessel.	The	ship	owner	
simultaniously	receives	and	consumes	the	benefits	provided	by	the	entity,	and 
hence	revenenue	is	recognised	over	time.	Since	WSM	has	the	right	to	invoice	
the	services	delivered	at	the	end	of	each	month,	this	is	also	the	basis	for	revenue	
recognition.	The	invoices	are	payable	30	days	after	the	end	of	each	month.

Property
The	group	is	a	lessor	for	parts	of	the	properties	located	on	or	near	the	
bases.	This	is	typically	warehouses	and	some	office	facilities.	This	is	ordinary	
operational	lease	contracts	with	a	typical	duration	of	2-10	years.	For	contracts	
with	a	duration	of	more	than	one	year	the	rent	is	adjusted	annually	based	on	
commonly	used	indexes.	Lease	revenue	is	recognised	on	a	straight	line	basis	
over	the	lease	term.

HOLDING AND INVESTMENTS  
The	operation	revenue	is	related	to	inhouse	services	to	external	customers	as	
house	rent,	canteen	services,	HR	services	and	salary	services.	

INFORMATION ABOUT TRANSACTION PRICE ALLOCATED TO 
UNSATISFIED PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS  
In	general	the	contracts	with	customers	are	of	a	short	term	nature,	except	
for	the	framework	agreements	described	under	Supply	Services	and	Ship	
Management.	For	Supply	Services	the	framework	agreements	can	be	for	a	
period	of	up	to	10	years,	but	do	not	define	any	minimum	volume.	For	Ship	
Management	contracts	the	customer	can	terminate	the	contract	without	
cause	on	a	3	months	basis.	Because	of	this	there	is	no	significant	unsatisfied	
performance	obligations	as	of	year	end.

54

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
Note 4 Investments	in	associates

Holding and Investments

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA

Denholm	Port	Services	Limited

Raa	Labs	AS

Dolittle	AS

Massterly	AS	

Business office/country

Lysaker,	Norway

Grangemouth,	United	Kingdom	

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Maritime Services – companies with significant shares of profits

Almoayed	Wilhelmsen	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Huayang	Ships	Services	(Shanghai)	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Huayang	Ships	Services	(Beijing)	Co	Ltd

Diana	Wilhelmsen	Management	Limited

Barwil	Arabia	Shipping	Agencies	SAE

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Georgia	Ltd

Barwil	Georgia	Ltd.	

Barklav	(Hong	Kong)	Ltd

BWW	LPG	Limited

Alghanim	Barwil	Shipping	Co-Kutayba	Yusuf	Ahmed	&	Partner	WLL

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Lebanon	S.A.L.

BWW	LPG	Sdn.	Bhd.

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Private)	Limited

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	Shipping	Inc

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	(Subic)	Inc.

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	Manning,	Inc.	

Perez	Torres	-	Portugal	Lda

Bahrain

China

China

Cyprus

Egypt

Georgia

Georgia

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Kuwait

Lebanon

Malayisia

Pakistan	

Philippines	

Philippines	

Philippines	

Portugal

Wilhelmsen	Hyopwoon	Ships	Services	Ltd

Republic	of	Korea

Barklav	S.R.L.

Binzagr	Barwil	Maritime	Transport	Co	Ltd

Krew-Barwil	(Pty)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Meridian	Navigation	Ltd,	Sri	Lanka

Baasher	Barwil	Agencies	Ltd

Triangle	Shipping	Agencies	LLC

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	LLC	

Barwil	Abu	Dhabi	Ruwais	LLC

Barwil	Dubai	LLC

Wilhelmsen	Sunnytrans	Co	Ltd

Supply Services – companies with significant shares of profits

Risavika	Havn	AS

Risavika	Eiendom	AS

Hammerfest	Næringsinvest	AS

Bring	Polarbase	AS

Strandparken	Holding	AS

Eldøyane	Næringspark	AS

Risavika	Havnering	14	AS

Romania

Saudi	Arabia

South	Africa

Sri	Lanka

Sudan

United	Arab	Emirates

United	Arab	Emirates

United	Arab	Emirates

United	Arab	Emirates

Vietnam

Tananger,	Norway

Tananger,	Norway	

Hammerfest,	Norway

Hammerfest,	Norway

Hammerfest,	Norway

Stord,	Noway

Stavanger,	Norway

An	overview	of	actual	equity	holdings	can	be	found	in	the	presentation	of	company	structure	on	page	138.

2019

2018

Voting share/ownership

37.8%

40.0%

45.9%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

35.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

49.0%

49.0%

49.0%

49.0%

50.0%

25.0%

25.0%

25.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

49.0%

50.0%

50.0%

43.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

42.8%

42.0%

32.3%

41.0%

33.1%

37.9%

33.3%

37.8%

40.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

35.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

49.0%

49.0%

49.0%

49.0%

50.0%

25.0%

25.0%

25.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

49.0%

40.0%

50.0%

50.0%

43.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

42.8%

42.0%

32.3%

41.0%

33.1%

37.9%

33.3%

55

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 4 Investments	in	associates

USD mill

Share of profit/(loss) from associates

WalWil	group

Other	associates	Holding	and	Investments	

Other	associates	Maritime	Services

Other	associates	Supply	Services

Share of profit from associates

Book value of material associates

WalWil	group

Specification of share of equity and profit/loss:

Share	of	equity	01.01

Share	of	profit	for	the	year

Associates	in	Supply	Services

Dividend

Disposals	associates	

Financial	derivatives	in	associates	

Other	comprehensive	income

Share of equity 31.12

There	are	no	contingent	liabilities	relating	to	the	group’s	interest	in	the	associates.

2019

2018

	39	

 4 

 (2)

 41 

 23 

 (1)

 4 

 27 

	864	

	847	

	900	

 41 

 3 

(29)

(31)

 (2)

 883 

	900	

 27 

 (16)

 (5)

 (6)

 900 

Set	out	below	are	the	summarised	financial	information,	based	on	100%,	for	
WalWil	group,	which,	in	the	opinion	of	the	directors,	is	the	material	associates	
to	the	group.	

Associates	not	considered	to	be	material	is	defined	under	”other”	(based	on	
100%).

WalWil

Other

2019

2018

2019

2018

	3	909	

	4	065	

	(3	821)

 244 

 (152)

 (15)

 78 

	(20)

 52 

 (16)

 36 

 (3 551)

 358 

	(190)

 (56)

 112 

	(10)

 93 

 (2)

 90 

	19	

 57 

 (52)

 4 

 5 

 (1)

 4 

 3 

10	

 75 

	(60)

 16 

 (6)

 10 

 (2)

 8 

 (1)

 7 

16

USD mill

SUMMARISED STATEMENT 
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Total	income

Operating	expenses

Net operating profit

Finance	income/(expenses)

Other	financial	expenses

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit/(loss) after non-controlling interests

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income

WWH	share	of	dividend	from	associates

56

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
    
 
 
Cont. note 4 Investments	in	associates

USD mill

SUMMARISED BALANCE SHEET

Non	current	assets

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total assets

Non	current	financial	liabilities

Other	non	current	liabilities

Current	financial	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Non-controlling	interest

Total liabilities

Net assets

WalWil

Other

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

 6 747 

	650	

	399	

 7 796 

	1	729	

	2	108	

 175 

	863	

	239	

	6	110	

	818	

	485	

 7 414 

	3	055	

 361 

	530	

	588	

	228	

 5 114 

 4 767 

 2 682 

 2 647 

 22 

45

	39	

105

 4 

 14 

 52 

 1 

 71 

34

 174 

 34 

 77 

 285 

	68	

 5 

 66 

 35 

 174 

 112 

The	information	above	reflects	the	100%	amount	presented	in	the	financial	statements	of	the	associates,	adjusted	for	differences	in	accounting	policies	
between	the	group	and	the	associates.	The	effects	of	IFRS	16	lease	are	included	in	the	balance	31	December	2019.	

USD mill

RECONCILIATION OF SUMMARISED 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Net assets 01.01

Profit	for	the	period

Other	comprehensive	income

				Currency	translation	differences

Disposal	

Transaction	with	non	controlling	interests

Dividend

Net assets 31.12

WWH	share	

Currency	

Fair	value	adjustment	vessel	and	goodwill*

Carrying value 31.12

WalWil

Other

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

 2 647 

	93	

 (12)

 6 

 (51)

 2 682 

	1	014	

 (2)

	(148)

 864 

 2 563 

 52 

 (16)

	48	

 2 647 

	1	001	

 (3)

 (151)

 847 

 112 

 4 

 (1)

 (66)

 (15)

34

15

5

 20 

 127 

	8	

 (1)

 (1)

	(20)

 112 

 53 

 53 

*The	share	price	of	Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA	at	the	merger	(April	2017)	was	lower	than	booked	equity	in	Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	group.	

The	group	market	value	of	the	investment	in	Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA	at	31	
December	2019	was	USD	398	million	(2018:	USD	547	million).
WalWil	is	a	separately	listed	company	on	Oslo	Stock	Exchange.	The	market	
capitalisation	of	its	shares	at	year	end	is	49%	lower	than	the	carrying	amount	of	
the	investment,	as	accounted	for	under	the	equity	method.	

The	market	price	is	an	objective	indicator	of	impairment.	In	spite	of	this,	the	
value	in	use	calculation	based	on	projections	prepared	by	management	of	

WalWil,	indicates	that	the	recoverable	amount	is	higher	than	WalWils	carrying	
amounts	for	the	key	assets	of	WalWil.	This	impairment	test	has	been	reviewed	
by	the	management	of	WWH,	and	adjusted	for	factors	related	to	the	financing	
and	working	capital	of	WalWil	in	order	to	assess	a	reasonable	value	in	use	
for	the	investment	in	the	shares	of	WalWil.	Based	on	this	assessment,	the	
recoverable	amount	attributable	to	the	shares	is	higher	than	the	carrying	
amount.	The	recoverable	amount	is	particularly	sensitive	to	volume	and/or	
prices,	and	interest	rate	levels	for	the	financing	within	WalWil.

Reconciliations of the group's income statement and balance sheet

USD mill

Share	of	profit	from	joint	ventures

Share	of	profit	from	associates

Share of profit from joint ventures and associates

Share	of	equity	from	joint	ventures

Share	of	equity	from	associates

Share of equity from joint ventures and associates

2019

2018

	8	

 41 

 49 

 121 

	883	

 1 003 

	9	

 27 

 36 

 117 

	901	

 1 018 

The	group’s	share	of	profit,	after	tax	from	joint	ventures	and	associates	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	as	financial	income.	All	joint	ventures	and	associates	
are	equity	consolidated.

57

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
Note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures

NorSea Group 

Coast	Center	Base	AS	(CCB)

KS	Coast	Center	Base	(CCB)

Vikan	Næringspark	AS

SørSea	AS

Polar	Lift	AS

Business office, country

Voting share/ownership

2019

2018

Fjell,	Norway

Fjell,	Norway

Kristiansund,	Norway

Tananger,	Norway

Hammerfest,	Norway

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

Coast	Center	Base	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	Bernh.	
Larsen	Holding	AS	and	was	established	in	1998.	It	delivers	services	related	to	
logistics,	quay,	project	and	maintenance	to	the	oil	&	gas	industry	in	addition	to	
maritime	industry.	

SørSea	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	Røsi	AS/Stangeland	
Gruppen	AS.	It	owns	land	in	Risavika	in	Norway.	

Polar	Lift	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	Havator	AS.	It	rents	
out	cranes	and	other	equipment	and	is	located	in	Hammerfest,	Norway.

KS	Coast	Center	Base	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	
Bernh.	Larsen	Holding	AS	and	was	established	in	1973.	It	is	mainly	a	property	
company	owning	infrastructure	rented	out	to	Coast	Center	Base	AS.	

All	companies	are	private	companies	and	there	are	no	quoted	market	price	
available	for	the	shares.	

Vikan	Næringspark	AS	is	a	joint	venture	between	NorSea	Group	and	
Kristiansund	Baseselskap	AS.	It	owns	property	that	is	rented	out	to	Vestbase	
AS,	a	subsidiary	of	NorSea	Group,	in	Kristiansund.	

There	are	no	other	contingent	liabilities	relating	to	the	group’s	interest	in	the	
joint	ventures.	However,	see	note	23.

58

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures

USD mill

Summarised financial information – according to the group’s ownership

Share	of	total	income

Share	of	operating	expenses

Share	of	depreciation

Share	of	net	financial	items

Share	of	tax	expense

Share of profit/(loss) for the year

Share of equity (equity method)

Book	value

Excess	value	(goodwill)

Investments in joint ventures

USD mill

Joint ventures’ assets, equity and liabilities (group’s share of investments)

Share	of	non	current	assets

Share	of	cash	and	cash	equivalents

Share	of	current	assets

Total share of assets

Share	of	equity	

Share	of	profit	for	the	period

Dividend	received/repayments	of	share	capital

Currency	translation	differences

Share of equity 31.12

Share	of	non	current	financial	liabilities

Share	of	other	non	current	liabilities

Share	of	other	current	liabilities

Total share of liabilities

Total share of equity and liabilities

2019

2018

	96	

 (75)

	(8)

 (4)

 (1)

 8 

 76 

 44 

 121 

 75 

	(59)

 (5)

 (1)

 (1)

 9 

	69	

	48	

 117 

2019

2018

 167 

 27 

 16 

 209 

	68	

	8	

 (4)

 3 

 76 

	98	

 7 

	28	

 133 

 209 

 153 

 21 

 6 

 180 

	69	

	9	

 (4)

 (5)

 68 

	86	

 3 

 22 

 111 

 180 

Set	out	below	are	the	summarised	financial	information,	based	on	100%,	for	Coast	Center	Base	(CCB),	which,	in	the	opinion	of	the	directors,	is	a	material	joint	
venture	to	the	group.	

Joint	venture	not	considered	to	be	material,	is	defined	under	”other”	(based	on	100%).

USD mill

SUMMARISED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

CCB

Other

2019

2018

2019

2018

Total	income

Operating	expenses

Depreciation	/	amortisation

Net operating profit

Financial	income/(expenses)

Profit before tax

Tax	income/(expense)

Profit after non-controlling interests

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income

WWH	share	of	dividend	from	joint	ventures

	139	

 (117)

 (7)

 15 

 16 

 (2)

 14 

 14 

	182	

	(149)

 (15)

 19 

 (5)

 13 

 (1)

 12 

 12 

 3 

	10	

 11 

 (1)

 (1)

 8 

 (2)

 6 

 (1)

 4 

 4 

 1 

 (1)

 (3)

 7 

 (3)

 5 

 (1)

 3 

 3 

59

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
    
    
    
    
Cont. note 4 Investments	in	joint	ventures

USD mill

SUMMARISED BALANCE SHEET

Non	current	assets

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total assets

Non	current	financial	liabilities

Other	non	current	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

CCB

Other

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

	209	

	50	

	30	

 289 

	118	

 12 

	50	

 179 

 110 

	179	

	39	

 11 

 229 

	92	

 3 

	38	

 132 

 96 

 124 

 3 

 3 

 130 

	78	

 2 

 7 

 88 

 43 

	128	

 3 

 1 

 132 

	81	

 2 

 7 

 90 

 42 

The	information	above	reflects	the	100%	amount	presented	in	the	financial	statements	of	the	joint	ventures,	adjusted	for	differences	in	accounting	policies	
between	the	group	and	the	joint	ventures.

USD mill

RECONCILIATION OF SUMMARISED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CCB

Other

2019

2018

2019

2018

Opening net assets 31.12

Profit	for	the	period

Other	comprehensive	income

				Currency	translation	differences	

				Dividend	to	shareholder

Closing net assets 31.12

WWH	share	

Goodwill/	Surplus	value	/	Reversal	of	internal	gain

 96 

 12 

 6 

 (4)

 110 

 55 

	48	

 93 

 14 

 (11)

 96 

	48	

 52 

Carrying value 31.12

 102 

 100 

 42 

 4 

 (3)

 43 

 21 

 (3)

 18 

 46 

 3 

 (7)

 42 

 21 

 (4)

 17 

Note 5 Principal	subsidiaries

Maritime Services 

Business office/country

Nature of business

Proportion of ordinary 
shares directly held by 
parent (%)

Proportion of ordinary 
shares held by the 
group (%)

Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	AS

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	AS

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Maritime	products	and	services

Maritime	products	and	services

100%

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Ltd

Hong	Kong

Ship	management

Supply Services 

NorSea	Group	AS

Holding and Investments

Tananger,	Norway

Supply	Services

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	AS

Lysaker,	Norway

Treasure	ASA*

Lysaker,	Norway

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	Malta	Ltd

Valletta,	Malta

Investment

Investment

Investment

100%

73.46%

100%

100%

100%

75.15%

100%

73.46%

100%

The	group’s	principal	subsidiaries	at	31	December	2019	are	set	out	above.	Unless	otherwise	stated,	they	have	share	capital	consisting	solely	of	ordinary	shares	
that	are	held	directly	by	the	group,	and	the	proportion	of	ownership	interests	held	equals	the	voting	rights	held	by	the	group.	The	country	of	incorporation	or	
registration	is	also	their	principal	place	of	business.	

*At	31.12.2019	Treasure	ASA	had	465	000	own	shares.

60

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 6 Employee	benefits

USD mill

Pay

Payroll	tax

Pension	cost

Other	remuneration

Total employee benefits

Number of employees:

Group	companies	in	Norway

Group	companies	abroad

Seagoing	personnel	Ship	Management

Total employees

Average	number	of	employees

REMUNERATION OF SENIOR EXECUTIVES

USD thousand

2019

Group	CEO

Group	CFO

President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service

President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	

CEO	NorSea	Group		

2018

Group	CEO

Group	CFO

President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service

President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	

CEO	NorSea	Group		

Note

2019

2018

11

Pay

Bonus

Pension 
premium

*Other 
remuneration

	569	

	401	

	358	

 234 

 254 

	598	

 416 

 376 

 272 

 267 

 231 

	49	

 112 

 31 

	9	

 226 

 55 

	109	

 51 

	9	

 216 

	50	

 24 

 122 

	20	

	208	

 57 

 24 

	102	

 21 

	93	

	38	

	105	

 243 

 116 

 122 

 56 

 65 

 243 

 23 

	10	

 31 

 306 

 255 

 24 

	10	

 31 

 320 

2019

2018

	1	028	

	3	807	

	10	230	

 15 065 

	872	

	3	879	

	9	334	

 14 085 

 14 575 

 14 357 

Total

	1	016	

	501	

	588	

 425 

	388	

Total in NOK 
thousand

	8	939	

	4	404	

	5	170	

 3 741 

	3	410	

 1 276 

	10	385	

 642 

	630	

	482	

 362 

	5	228	

	5	130	

	3	923	

	2	946	

Remuneration	is	paid	in	NOK,	which	means	that	the	USD	amounts	are	not	comparable	from	year	to	year.	Rates	of	remuneration	can	be	compared	by	taking	account	
of	changes	in	the	USD	exchange	rate.	

*Mainly	related	to	gross	up	pension	expenses	and	company	car.

61

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 6 Employee	benefits

Remuneration of the board of directors

USD thousand

Diderik	Schnitler	(chair)	

Trond	Westlie

Carl	E.	Steen

Irene	Waage	Basili	

Cathrine	Løvenskiold	Wilhelmsen	

Odd	Rune	Austgulen

2019

2018

	80	

	48	

	48	

	48	

	48	

	80	

 46 

 46 

 46 

 46 

The	board’s	remuneration	for	fiscal	year	2019	will	be	approved	by	the	general	meeting	29	April	2020.	

Remuneration	of	the	nomination	committee,	for	both	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	and	Treasure	ASA,	totalled	USD	21	thousand	for	2019	(2018:	USD	21	thousand).		

Senior executives 
Thomas	Wilhelmsen	–	group	CEO	
Christian	Berg	–	group	CFO	
Bjoerge	Grimholt	–	President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service		
Carl	Schou	–	President	and	CEO	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management		
John	Stangeland	–	CEO	NorSea	Group		

See	note	2	Employee	benefits	in	the	parent	company	accounts,	and	note	21	Related	party	transaction.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE SCHEME
The	long	term	incentive	scheme	(LTI)	was	introduced	in	2015.	Participants	
are	members	of	the	group	management	team	and	the	presidents	for	
Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	and	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management.	For	the	group	
CEO,	maximum	annual	payment	is	100%	of	base	salary.	For	the	remaining	
participants,	the	maximum	annual	payment	is	50%	of	base	salary.

The	LTI	focuses	on	long	term	shareholder	value	creation	and	is	based	on	
positive	development	of	the	Wilhelmsen	group’s	value	adjusted	equity.	The	
ambitions	set	for	the	programme	are	to	increase	alignment	with	value	creation	
for	shareholders,	to	attract,	retain	and	motivate	participants	and	drive	long-
term	group	performance.

Settlement	is	based	on	return	on	value	adjusted	equity	the	last	four	years	
leading	up	to	the	settlement.	The	value	adjusted	equity	is	determined	by	using	
a	“sum-of-the-parts”	principle.	For	listed	companies,	value	adjusted	equity	is

based	on	market	price,	while	earnings	multiples	or	net	asset	value	are	used	for	
non-listed	entities.	

The	board	sets	value	adjusted	equity	targets	at	the	beginning	of	each	four	year	
measurement	period.	Without	consultation	or	agreement	with	the	individual,	
the	board	has	the	right	to	change	or	terminate	the	incentive	programme	after	
each	year.		

Per	31	December	2019,	a	provision	has	been	made	related	to	the	four-year	
LTI	programme	ending	on	31	December	2020.	Potential	payment	will	be	done	
in	March	2021.	The	provision	has	been	calculated	based	on	the	gap	between	
value	adjusted	equity	per	31	December	2019	and	target	for	31	December	2020,	
risk	free	return,	and	standard	deviation	of	historic	annual	value	creation.	No	
provision	has	been	made	for	the	LTI	programme	expiring	on	31	December	2022.	

For	further	details,	see	note	17	Statement	on	the	remuneration	for	senior	
executives	in	the	parent	company	accounts.

EXPENSED AUDIT FEE

USD mill

Statutory	audit

Other	assurance	services

Tax	advisory	fee

Other	assistance

Total expensed audit fee

The	fees	above	cover	the	group	expenses	to	all	external	auditors	and	tax	advisors.

2019

2018

2.5

0.4

1.4

0.1

4.4

2.9

0.4

1.0

0.3

4.6

62

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019  
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Note 7 Property,	vessels	and	other	tangible	assets

USD mill

TANGIBLE ASSETS

2019

Cost	1.1

Acquisition

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	and	impairment	losses	1.1

Depreciation/amortisation

Reclass/disposal

Impairment

Currency	translation	differences

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

2018

Cost	1.1

Acquisition

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	and	impairment	losses	1.1

Depreciation/amortisation

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

Economic	lifetime

Depreciation	schedule

Property

Vessels

Other 
tangible assets

Total 
tangible assets

	550	

	19	

 (5)

 (5)

 560 

 (162)

 (17)

 4 

 (1)

 1 

 (175)

 384 

 575 

	28	

	(18)

 (34)

 550 

	(159)

	(19)

 7 

	9	

 (162)

 388 

 35 

 35 

	(18)

 (1)

 (19)

 16 

 36 

 1 

 (2)

 35 

 (17)

 (1)

 1 

 (17)

 18 

 251 

 17 

 (24)

 1 

 244 

	(89)

 (11)

	10	

 1 

 (90)

 154 

269

 24 

 (32)

	(10)

 251 

 (114)

 (11)

 32 

 5 

 (89)

 162 

10-50	years

Straight-line

25	years

Straight-line

3-10	years

Straight-line

	836	

 36 

	(29)

 (4)

 839 

	(269)

	(29)

 13 

 (1)

 2 

 (284)

 555 

	880	

 53 

	(50)

 (46)

 836 

	(290)

 (31)

	39	

 15 

 (269)

 567 

63

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 7 Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets

USD mill

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

2019

Cost	01.01

Acquisition

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	amortisation	and	impairment	losses	01.01

Amortisation/impairment

Currency	translation	differences

Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

2018

Cost	01.01

Acquisition

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	amortisation	and	impairment	losses	01.01

Amortisation/impairment

Reclass/disposal

Currency	translation	differences

Accumulated amortisation and impairment losses 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

Segment-level summary of the goodwill allocation:

Maritime	Services	

Total goodwill allocation

The	group	conducted	no	material	acquisition	in	2019	or	2018.

Goodwill

Other 
intangible assets

Software 
and licences

Total 
intangible assets

 124 

 (2)

 (1)

 121 

 (1)

 (1)

 (2)

 119 

 133 

 (3)

 (6)

 124 

 (2)

 1 

 (1)

 123 

 34 

 1 

 35 

 (15)

 (4)

 (19)

 16 

 16 

 2 

 16 

 1 

 34 

 (7)

 (7)

 (2)

 1 

 (15)

 20 

 67 

 5 

 (1)

 71 

 (53)

 (4)

 (56)

 16 

	95	

 1 

 (26)

 (4)

 67 

 (63)

 (4)

 11 

 3 

 (53)

 14 

2019

	119	

 119 

 225 

 6 

 (2)

 (2)

 227 

	(68)

	(9)

 1 

 (77)

 151 

 244 

 3 

 (12)

	(10)

 225 

 (72)

 (11)

 11 

 4 

 (68)

 156 

2018

 123 

 123 

64

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
  
 
 
Cont. note 7 Goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets
Impairment testing of goodwill 
In	the	Maritime	Services	segment,	USD	119	million	relate	to	business	area	Ships	
Service	Service	(all	activities	in	the	Maritime	Services	segment	except	for	technical	
/crewing	management)	mainly	to	the	acquisition	of	Unitor	ASA	and	Kemetyl.	The	
goodwill	figures	are	originally	calculated	in	NOK	and	USD	(2018:	NOK	and	USD).

Value	in	use	was	determined	by	discounting	the	future	cash	flows	generated	
from	the	continuing	operation	of	the	units.

Cash	flows	were	projected	based	on	actual	operating	results	and	next	year’s	
forecast.	Cash	flows	is	based	on	a	5-year	strategy	plan	period	with	terminal	
value	(terminal	growth	rate	1%)	were	extrapolated	using	the	following	key	
assumptions:

For	the	purpose	of	impairment	testing,	goodwill	is	allocated	to	the	respective	
cash	generating	unit	which	are	Ships	Service.	No	impairment	was	conducted	in	
2019	(analogus	for	2018).	

USD/NOK

Discount	rate

Growth	rate

Increase	in	material	cost

Increase	in	pay	and	other	remuneration

Increase	in	other	expenses		

2019

2018

	8.77	

7.4%

1-5%

1-5%

1-3%

2-4%

	8.30	

7.6%

1-5%

1-5%

0-3%

0-3%

The	values	assigned	to	the	key	assumptions	represent	management’s	
assessment	of	future	trends	in	the	maritime	industry	and	are	based	on	both	
external	sources	and	internal	sources.

No	reasonably	possible	change	in	any	of	the	key	assumptions	on	which	
management	has	based	its	determination	of	the	recoverable	amount	would	
cause	the	carrying	amount	to	exceed	its	recoverable	amount.

65

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 8 Leases
The	IFRS	16	Leasing	standard	was	effective	from	1	January	2019.	The	
standard	significantly	changed	how	the	group	accounts	for	its	lease	contracts	
for	land,	buildings	and	equipment	previously	accounted	for	as	operating	leases.	
All	leases	are	brought	into	the	balance	sheet	increasing	the	groups	assets	
and	liabilities,	in	addition	to	affecting	income	statement	figures.	This	note	
summarizes	the	impact	on	the	financial	reporting	of	Wilhelmsen	group	from	
implementing	the	new	standard.

The Lease Contracts  
The	group	has	a	number	of	leases	related	to	property	and	land	that	account	
for	the	significant	part	of	the	lease	liability.	The	group	also	leases	vechicle	and	
equipment.	A	lease	liability	and	right-of-use	asset	are	presented	for	these	
contracts	which	previously	were	reported	as	operating	leases.

Recognition and Measurement Approach on Transition
The	group	applied	IFRS	16	retrospectively	with	recognition	of	the	cumulative	
implementation	effect	recognised	at	the	date	of	initial	application	1	January	
2019.	By	doing	this,	comparative	financial	information	shall	not	be	restated,	
but	the	cumulative	effect	of	initially	applying	this	standard	shall	be	reflected	as	
an	adjustment	to	the	opening	balance.	At	the	time	of	transition,	leases	entered	
under	IAS	17	will	not	be	reassessed.

In	calculating	the	present	value	of	lease	payments,	the	group	uses	the	
incremental	borrowing	rate	at	the	lease	commencement	date	if	the	interest	
rate	implicit	in	the	lease	is	not	readily	determinable.	To	arrive	at	the	incremental	
borrowing	rate	the	group	applies	the	respective	country’s	(economic	
environment)	risk	free	rate	for	the	term	corresponding	to	the	lease	term,	
adjusted	for	own	credit	risk.	The	right-of-use	assets	are	measured	at	an	
amount	equal	to	the	lease	liability.

The	standard	has	provided	options	on	scope	and	exemptions	and	below	the	
group’s	policy	choices	are	described:	
•	 The	standard	will	not	be	applied	to	leases	of	intangible	assets	and	these	will	 
	 continue	to	be	recognized	in	accordance	with	IAS	38	Intangible	assets.		
•	 All	leases	deemed	short-term	by	the	standard	are	exempt	from	reporting.
•  All	leases	deemed	to	be	of	low	value	by	the	standard	are	exempt	from	reporting.
•	 Non-lease	components	shall	be	separated	from	the	lease	component	in	all	 
	 vessel	leases.	For	other	lease	agreements,	the	group	will	apply	a	materiality	 
	 threshold	when	evaluating	separation.

Implementation effect
The	net	effect	of	implementation	of	IFRS	16	at	January	1,	2019	is	presented	
below.

USD mill

Lease	liability	at	1	January	2019

Right-of-use	asset	at	1	January	2019

Difference between lease liability and right-of-use asset per January 1, 2019

Prepayments and currency translation

Differences explained 

USD mill

Reconciliation of lease commitment and lease liability

Material	operating	lease	commitment	as	at	31	December	2018

Operating	lease	commitment	as	at	31	December	2018	(not	included	in	material	operating	lease	committment)

Relief	option	for	leases	of	low-value	assets

Option	periods	not	previously	reported	as	lease	commitments

Undiscounted	lease	liabililty

Effect	of	discounting	lease	commitment	to	net	present	value

Lease liability at 1 January 2019

220

222

2

2

2

	204	

 16 

 (1)

 15 

 234 

 (14)

 220 

66

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 8 Leases
RIGHT-OF-USE-ASSETS 
The	group	leases	several	assets	such	as	buildings,	machinery,	equipment	and	vehicles.	The	group’s	right-of-use	assets	are	categorised	and	
presented	in	the	table	below:

USD mill

2019

Acquisition	cost	1.1

Change	of	estimates

Currency	exchange	differences

Acquisition cost 31.12

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 1.1

Depreciation

Currency	exchange	differences

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 31.12

Carrying amount of right-of-use assets 31.12

Lower	of	remaining	lease	term	or	economic	life

Depreciation	method

Lease liabilities

2019

Undiscounted lease liabilities and maturity of cash outflows

Less	than	1	year

1-2	years

2-3	years

3-4	years

4-5	years

More	than	5	years

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31.12

2019

Summary of the lease liabilities in the financial statements

At	initial	application	01.01.2019

Cash	payments	for	the	principal	portion	of	the	lease	liability

Cash	payments	for	the	interest	portion	of	the	lease	liability

Interest	expense	on	lease	liabilities

Change	of	estimates	

Currency	exchange	differences

Total lease liabilities at 31.12

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

Buildings and land

Machinery, 
equipment and 
vehicles

Total 
intangible assets

	210	

 (11)

	(8)

 192 

 (26)

 (1)

 (28)

 164 

 12 

 12 

 (4)

 (4)

 8 

5-12	years

	Linear	

	3-8	years	

	Linear	

 222 

 (11)

	(8)

 204 

	(30)

 (1)

 (31)

 173 

Total

 (36)

 (33)

	(30)

	(29)

 (27)

 (63)

 (217)

Total

	220	

 (24)

 (11)

 11 

	(20)

 5 

 181 

 27 

 154 

The	leases	do	not	contain	any	restrictions	on	the	group’s	dividend	policy	or	financing.	The	group	does	not	have	significant	residual	value	guarantees	related	to	
its	leases	to	disclose.

Summary of other lease expenses recognised in income statement

Variable	lease	payments	expensed	in	the	period

Operating	expenses	related	to	short-term	leases	(including	short-term	low	value	assets)

Operating	expenses	period	related	to	low	value	assets	(excluding	short-term	leases	included	above)

Total lease expenses included in other operating expenses

Total

 1 

 6 

 3 

 10 

67

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
Cont. note 8 Leases
Practical expedients applied
The	group	leases	personal	computers,	IT	equipment	and	machinery	with	
contract	terms	of	1	to	3	years.	The	group	has	elected	to	apply	the	practical	
expedient	of	low	value	assets	and	does	not	recognise	lease	liabilities	or	right-
of-use	assets.	The	leases	are	instead	expensed	when	they	incur.	The	group	has	
also	applied	the	practical	expedient	to	not	recognise	lease	liabilities	and	right-
of-use	assets	for	short-term	leases,	presented	in	the	table	above.	

Further,	the	group	has	lease	commitments,	not	yet	commenced	and	therefore	
not	included	in	the	lease	liabilities	of	approximately	USD	4	million	as	of	31	
December	2019.

exercised	during	the	last	period	of	the	lease	terms.	The	group	assesses	at	the	
commencement	whether	it	is	reasonably	certain	to	exercise	the	renewal	right.	
The	option	related	to	headquarter,	at	Lysaker	is	removed	from	right-of-use	
assets	at	31	December	2019.

Purchase options
The	group	leases	machinery,	equipment	and	vehicles	with	lease	terms	of	3	to	
5	years.	Some	of	these	contracts	includes	a	right	to	purchase	the	assets	at	the	
end	of	the	contract	term.	The	group	assesses	at	the	commencement	whether	
it	is	reasonably	certain	to	exercise	the	purchase	right.	All	the	options	are	based	
on	market	value.	

Extension options
The	group’s	lease	of	buildings	have	lease	terms	that	varies	from	5	years	to	
25	years,	and	several	agreements	involve	a	right	of	renewal	which	may	be	

Subleases
The	group	has	subleased	an	immaterial	part	of	its	redundant	office	buildings,	
classified	as	an	operating	lease.

Note 9 Tax
Ordinary taxation
The	ordinary	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	Norway	is	22%	of	net	profit	for	2019	
(2018:	23%).	Norwegian	limited	liability	companies	are	encompassed	by	the	
participation	exemption	method	for	share	income.	Thus,	share	dividends	
and	gains	are	tax	free	for	the	receiving	company.	Corresponding	losses	on	
shares	are	not	deductible.	The	participation	exemption	method	does	not	
apply	to	share	income	from	companies	considered	low	taxed	and	that	are	
located	outside	the	European	Economic	Area	(EEA),	and	on	share	income	from	
companies	owned	by	less	than	10%	resident	outside	the	EEA.

For	group	companies	located	in	the	same	country	and	within	the	same	tax	
regime,	taxable	profits	in	one	company	can	be	offset	against	tax	losses	and	tax	
loss	carry	forwards	in	other	group	companies.	Deferred	tax/deferred	tax	asset	

has	been	calculated	on	temporary	differences	to	the	extent	that	it	is	likely	that	
these	can	be	utilised	in	each	country	and	for	Norwegian	entities	the	group	has	
applied	a	rate	of	22%	(2018:	22%).

The	effective	tax	rate	for	the	group	will,	from	period	to	period,	change	
dependent	on	the	group	gains	and	losses	from	investments	inside	the	
exemption	method	and	tax	exempt	revenues	from	tonnage	tax	regimes.

Foreign taxes
Companies	domiciled	outside	Norway	will	be	subject	to	local	taxation,	either	
on	ordinary	terms	or	under	special	tonnage	tax	rules.	When	dividends	are	paid,	
local	withholding	taxes	may	be	applicable.	This	generally	applies	to	dividends	
paid	by	companies	domiciled	outside	the	EEA. 

USD mill

2019

2018

Allocation of tax income/(expense) for the year

Payable	tax	in	Norway

Payable	tax	foreign

Change	in	deferred	tax

Total tax income/(expense)

Reconciliation of actual tax cost against expected tax cost in accordance with the ordinary Norwegian income tax rate of 22%

Profit/(loss)	before	tax

22% tax (2018: 23%) 

Tax effect from:

Permanent	differences

Non-taxable	income

Share	of	profit	from	joint	ventures	and	associates

Change	in	difference	tax	rate	and	currency	translation

Withholding	tax	and	payable	tax	previous	year

Calculated tax (income)/expense for the group

	(8)

 (12)

 5 

 (15)

 144 

 32 

 7 

	(19)

 (11)

 6 

 15 

	(10)

	(10)

 32 

 12 

	(86)

 (20)

 14 

 (4)

	(8)

 1 

 5 

 (12)

Effective	tax	rate	for	the	group

	10.2%	

	13.4%	

68

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
Cont. note 9 Tax

USD mill

Net	deferred	tax	assets	at	01.01

Currency	translation	differences

Tax	charged	to	equity	

Income	statement	charge

Net deferred tax assets at 31.12

Deferred	tax	assets	in	balance	sheet

Deferred	tax	liabilities	in	balance	sheet

Net deferred tax assets at 31.12

2019

2018

 42 

 (1)

 5 

 46 

 57 

 (11)

 46 

 12 

 (2)

 1 

 32 

 42 

 54 

 (12)

 42 

Deferred	tax	asset	and	liabilities	has	been	netted	in	the	balance	sheet	with	USD	1	million	(2018:	USD	6	million).	The	movement	in	deferred	income	tax	assets	and	
liabilities	during	the	year,	without	taking	into	consideration	the	offsetting	of	balances	within	the	same	tax	jurisdiction,	is	as	follows:

USD mill

Deferred tax liabilities 

At 31.12.2018

Through	income	statement

Charged	directly	to	equity

Currency	translations

Deferred tax liabilities at 31.12.2019

At 31.12.2017

Through	income	statement

Charged	directly	to	equity

Currency	translations

Deferred tax liabilities at 31.12.2018

Fixed assets

Other

Total

 (13)

 1 

 1 

 (11)

 (16)

 3 

 (13)

 (5)

 4 

 (1)

 (3)

 (2)

 (5)

 (18)

 5 

 1 

 (12)

 (19)

 1 

 (18)

69

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
    
Cont. note 9 Tax

USD mill

Deferred tax assets 

At 31.12.2018

Through	income	statement

Charged	directly	to	equity

Currency	translations

Deferred tax assets at 31.12.2019

At 31.12.2017

Through	income	statement

Discontinued	operations

Currency	translations

Deferred tax assets at 31.12.2018

Non current 
assets and 
liabilities

Current 
assets and 
liabilities

Tax losses 
carried 
forward

 19 

 (14)

 1 

 6 

 14 

 4 

 1 

 19 

 25 

 (12)

 (2)

 11 

 (1)

 26 

 25 

 17 

 25 

 42 

 18 

 1 

 (2)

 17 

Total

 60 

 1 

 (2)

 59 

 31 

 31 

 1 

 (2)

 60 

The	mainly	part	of	tax	loss	carry	forward	is	related	to	entities	in	Norway	and	USA,	
without	expiration	of	the	tax	loss	carry	forward.	

Temporary	differences	related	to	joint	ventures	and	associates	are	USD	0	for	
the	group,	since	all	the	units	are	regarded	as	located	within	the	area	in	which	the	
exemption	method	applies,	and	no	plans	exist	to	sell	any	of	these	companies.

The	Maritime	Services	segment	will	have	shares	in	subsidiaries	not	subject	to	
the	exemption	method	which	could	give	rise	to	a	tax	charge	in	the	event	of	a	sale,	
where	no	provision	has	been	made	for	deferred	tax	associated	with	a	possible	
sale	or	dividend.	There	are	currently	no	plans	to	dispose	of	such	companies.

Note 10 Earnings	per	shares
Earnings	per	share	taking	into	consideration	the	number	of	outstanding	shares	in	
the	period.	WWH	conducted	a	share	buyback	program	in	September	2019.	At	31	
December	2019	WWH	owns	a	total	of	1	823	824	own	shares,	split	on	537	092	
A-shares	and	1	286	732	B-shares.	

Basic	/	diluted	earnings	per	share	is	calculated	by	dividing	profit	for	the	period	
after	non-controlling	interests,	by	average	number	of	total	outstanding	shares.

Earnings	per	share	is	calculated	based	on	an	average	of	45	947	868	shares	for	
2019	and	46	403	824	shares	for	2018.

See	note	10	in	the	parent	accounts,	for	an	overview	of	the	largest	shareholders	
at	31	December	2019.

70

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Note 11 Pension
Description of the pension scheme
The	group’s	defined	contribution	pension	schemes	for	Norwegian	employees	
are	with	financial	institutions	providing	solutions	based	on	investment	funds.	

Pension	costs	and	obligations	include	payroll	taxes.	No	provision	has	been	
made	for	payroll	tax	in	pension	plans	where	the	plan	assets	exceed	the	plan	
obligations.

Subsidiaries	outside	Norway	have	separate	schemes	for	their	employees	in	
accordance	with	local	rules,	and	the	pension	schemes	are	for	the	material	part	
defined	contribution	plans.

The	group	has	“Ekstrapensjon”,	a	contribution	plan	for	all	Norwegian	
employees	with	salaries	exceeding	12	times	the	Norwegian	National	Insurance	
base	amount	(G).	The	contribution	plan	replaced	the	group	obligations,	mainly	
financed	from	operation.	However,	the	group	still	has	obligations	for	some	
employees’	related	to	salaries	exceeding	12	times	the	Norwegian	National	
Insurance	base	amount	(G)	mainly	financed	from	operations.

The	liability	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	in	respect	of	the	remaining	defined	
benefit	pension	plans	is	the	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	at	
the	end	of	the	reporting	period	less	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets.	The	defined	
benefit	obligations	are	calculated	annually	by	independent	actuaries	using	
the	projected	unit	credit	method.	The	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	
obligation	is	determined	by	discounting	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	
using	interest	rates	of	corporate	bonds	that	are	denominated	in	the	currency	in	
which	the	benefits	will	be	paid,	and	that	have	terms	to	maturity	approximating	
to	the	terms	of	the	related	pension	obligation.	In	a	few	countries	without	deep	
markets	in	such	bonds,	the	market	rates	on	government	bonds	are	used.	

In	addition,	the	group	has	agreements	on	early	retirement.	These	obligations	
are	mainly	financed	from	operations.

Actuarial	gains	and	losses	arising	from	experience	adjustments	and	
changes	in	actuarial	assumptions	are	charged	or	credited	to	equity	in	other	
comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.

The	group	has	obligation	towards	one	employee	in	the	group’s	senior	executive	
management.	The	obligation	is	mainly	covered	throgh	group	annuity	policies	in	
Storebrand.

Number of people covered by pension schemes at 31.12

2019

2018

2019

2018

Funded

Unfunded

In	employment

On	retirement	(inclusive	disability	pensions)

Total number of people covered by pension schemes

 16 

	140	

 156 

	18	

 146 

 164 

 4 

 26 

 30 

 3 

 27 

 30 

Financial assumptions for the pension calculations:

2019

2018

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

Expenses

Commitments

Discount	rate

Anticipated	pay	regulation

Anticipated	increase	in	National	Insurance	base	amount	(G)

Anticipated	regulation	of	pensions

2.70%

2.50%

2.50%

0.10%

2.30%

2.00%

2.00%

0.10%

2.30%

2.00%

2.00%

0.10%

2.70%

2.50%

2.50%

0.10%

USD mill

Pension expenses     

Service	cost

Net	interest	cost

2019

2018

Funded

Unfunded

Total

Funded

Unfunded

Total

Cost	of	defined	contribution	plan

Net pension expenses

	9	

 9 

 0 

	9	

 10 

	9	

 10 

 1 

 1 

	9	

 10 

USD mill

Remeasurements – Other comprehensive income

Total remeasurements included in OCI

2019

2018

 (1)

 1 

71

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
Cont. note 11 Pension

USD mill

Pension obligations

Defined	benefit	obligation	at	end	of	prior	year

Effect	of	changes	in	foreign	exchange	rates

Service	cost

Interest	expense

Benefit	payments	from	plan

Benefit	payments	from	employer

Remeasurements	–	change	in	assumptions

Pension obligations 31.12

Fair value of plan assets

Fair	value	of	plan	assets	at	end	of	prior	year

Interest	income

Benefit	payments	from	plan

Settlement	payments	from	plan	assets

Return	on	plan	assets	(excluding	interest	income)

Gross pension assets 31.12

USD mill

Total pension obligations

Defined	benefit	obligation

Fair	value	of	plan	assets

Net liability (asset)

USD mill

Historical developments

2019

2018

	40	

 1 

 1 

 (5)

 36 

	20	

 1 

 (1)

 (4)

 16 

 45 

 (2)

 1 

 2 

 (2)

 (2)

 (2)

 40 

 22 

 (1)

 (1)

 20 

2019

2018

Funded

Unfunded

Total

Funded

Unfunded

Total

 17 

 16 

 1 

	19	

 19 

 36 

 16 

 20 

	20	

	19	

 1 

	19	

 19 

	39	

	19	

 20 

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

31.12.2017

31.12.2016**

31.12.2015

31.12.2014

Gross	pension	obligations,	including	payroll	tax

Gross	pension	assets

Net recorded pension obligations

 (36)

 16 

 (20)

	(40)

	20	

 (20)

 (45)

 22 

 (23)

 (71)

 7 

 (63)

 (73)

 6 

 (67)

	(109)

 17 

 (92)

**Net	liability	at	31.12.2016	and	years	before	includes	discontinued	operations.

72

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
 
 
    
Note 12 Combined	items,	balance	sheet

USD mill

OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS*

Non	current	share	investments

Other	non	current	assets**

Total other non current assets

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS*

Account	receivables

Financial	derivatives

Restricted	cash

Other	current	assets***

Total other current assets

OTHER NON CURRENT LIABILITIES*

Related	party	non	current	liabilities

Other	non	current	liabilities	

Total other non current liabilities

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES*

Account	payables

Financial	derivatives

Other	current	liabilities***

Total other current liabilities

Note

2019

2018

19

19

19

17

19

19

 1 

 23 

 25 

 233 

 1 

 1 

	82	

 317 

 3 

 25 

 28 

 223 

 16 

 216 

 455 

 4 

	19	

 23 

	229	

 2 

	80	

 311 

 23 

 23 

 222 

 21 

	209	

 452 

*Current	assets	and	current	liabilities	are	due	within	12	months.	Non	current	
assets	and	non	current	liabilities	are	due	in	more	than	12	months.

**As	part	of	the	settlement	of	the	sale	of	Callenberg	group,	Maritime	Services	
agreed	a	vendor	note	and	an	earn	out	of	USD	16.5	million	and	USD	6	million,	
respectively.	The	vendor	note	was	paid	in	2018	and	the	earn	out	was	paid	in	
2019.

***Maritime	Services	has	612	738	(2018:	611	683)	cylinders	booked	as	other	
tangible	asset	in	the	balance	sheet,	see	note	7.	The	cylinders	are	valued	at	USD	
112	million	(2018:	USD	114	million).	These	cylinders	are	partly	in	the	group’s	
own	possession	and	partly	on	board	customers	vessels.	Most	customers	
have	paid	a	deposit	for	the	cylinders	they	have	onboard	their	vessels.	The	total	
deposit	liability	booked	is	USD	85	million	(2018:	USD	77	million).

73

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
Note 13 Receivables
The	group	applies	the	IFRS	9	simplified	approach	to	measuring	expected	credit	
losses	which	uses	a	lifetime	expected	loss	allowance	for	all	trade	receivables	
and	contract	assets.

To	measure	the	expected	credit	losses,	trade	receivables	and	contract	assets	
have	been	grouped	based	on	shared	credit	risk	charateristics	and	the	days	
past	due.	

The	expected	loss	rates	are	based	on	the	payment	profiles	of	sales	over	

a	period	of	36	month	before	31	December	2019	respectively	and	the	
corresponding	historical	credit	losses	experienced	within	this	period.	The	
historical	loss	rates	are	adjusted	to	reflect	current	and	forward	looking	
information	on	macroeconomic	factors	affecting	the	ability	of	the	customers	
to	settle	the	receivables.	The	group	has	identified	the	GDP	and	the	
unemployment	rate	of	the	countries	in	which	it	sells	its	goods	and	services	to	
be	the	most	relevant	factors,	and	accordingly	adjusts	the	historical	loss	rates	
based	on	expected	changes	in	these	factors.

USD mill

31 December 2019

Expected	loss	rate	

Gross	carrying	amount	–	trade	receivables

Loss allowance

31 December 2018

Expected	loss	rate	

Gross	carrying	amount	–	trade	receivables

Loss allowance

Current

Less than 90
 days past due

Between 
90 and 180 
days past due

More than 180
 days past due

0%

 216 

 0 

0%

	208	

0

1%

 7 

 (0)

1%

 3 

 0 

3%

 7 

 (0)

20%

	10	

 (2)

57%

 7 

 (4)

21%

 12 

 (2)

ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES 
At	31	December	2019,	USD	21	million	(2018:	USD	20	million)	in	account	receivables	had	fallen	due	but	not	been	subject	to	impairment.	These	receivables	are	
related	to	a	number	of	separate	customers.	Historically,	the	percentage	of	bad	debts	has	been	low	and	the	group	expects	the	customers	to	settle	outstanding	
receivables.	Receivables	fallen	due	but	not	subject	to	impairment	have	the	following	age	composition:

USD mill

2019

2018

Aging of account receivables past due but not impaired

Up	to	90	days

90-180	days

Over	180	days

Movements in group provision for impairment of account receivables are as follows

Balance	at	01.01

Net	provision	for	receivables	impairment

Balance 31.12

Account receivables per segment

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services	

Holding	and	Investments	

Total account receivables

See	note	19	on	credit	risk.

ACCOUNT PAYABLES

USD mill

Account payables per segment

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Total account payables

See	note	19	on	credit	risk.

74

 7 

 7 

 7 

 4 

 4 

 176 

 53 

 3 

 233 

 3 

	8	

	9	

 6 

 (1)

 4 

	159	

	70	

 229 

2019

2018

	197	

 23 

 3 

 223 

	181	

	40	

 1 

 222 

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
Note 14 Financial	assets	to	fair	value
Effective	from	1	January	2018	the	financial	assets	to	fair	value	are	measured	at	fair	value	through	the	income	statement	in	accordance	with	IFRS	9.	

USD mill

Financial assets to fair value 

At	1	January	

Acquisition	

Reclassified	

Sale	during	the	year

Return	of	capital

Currency	translation	adjustment	through	other	comprehensive	income

Change	in	fair	value	through	income	statement

Total financial assets to fair value 

Financial assets to fair value 

Qube	Holdings	Limited

Kaplan	Equity	Limited	(KEL)

Survitec	UK	Ltd.

Hyundai	Glovis	

Other

Total financial assets to fair value 

2019

2018

	650	

	9	

 2 

	(20)

 34 

 675 

	92	

	18	

	560	

 6 

 675 

	801	

 6 

 (27)

 (1)

 (13)

 (116)

 650 

	89	

 11 

 27 

 523 

 650 

Financial	assets	to	fair	value	are	held	in	subsidiaries	with	different	reporting	
currency	and	thereby	creating	translation	adjustments.	

Qube	Holdings	Limited	is	Australia’s	largest	integrated	provider	of	import	and	
export	logistics	services,	and	listed	on	the	Australian	Securities	Exchange	
(ASX).	Following	sale	of	10	million	shares	in	2019,	Wilhelmsen	held	40	million	
shares	in	Qube	per	31	December	2019	(2.5%	of	total).	The	shares	in	Qube	
serve	as	collateral	for	a	credit	facility.	See	note	18.

Survitec	Group	holds	market-leading	positions	worldwide	in	marine,	offshore,	
defence	and	aerospace	survival	technology.	Changes	in	fair	value	of	the	

investment	in	Survitec	has	been	recognised	through	the	income	statement.	
While	Wilhelmsen	retains	a	20%	ownership	in	Survitec,	the	investment	is	
recognised	with	a	fair	value	of	nil	end	of	December	2019.

Hyundai	Glovis	Co.,	Ltd.,	is	a	global	Korean	based	general	logistics	and	
distribution	company,	providing	business	service	such	as	logistics,	marine	
transportation,	KD,	used	cars	and	trading.	Glovis	is	listed	on	the	Korean	Stock	
Exchange.	As	per	31	December	2019,	Treasure	ASA	group	held	4.5	million	
shares	in	Glovis	(12.04%	of	total).	Treasure	ASA	is	listed	on	the	Oslo	Stock	
Exchange.

75

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 15 Inventories

USD mill

Inventories

Raw	materials

Goods/projects	in	process

Finished	goods/products	for	onward	sale

Others	

Total inventories

Obsolescence	allowance,	deducted	above

Note 16 Current	financial	investments

USD mill

Market value current financial investments

Equities

Bonds

Total current financial investments

2019

2018

 7 

 2 

 73 

 1 

 82 

 2 

 7 

 2 

 65 

 74 

 3 

2019

2018

 57 

 44 

 102 

 42 

 45 

 88 

The	fair	value	of	all	equity	securities,	bonds	and	other	financial	assets	is	based	on	their	closing	prices	in	an	active	market.

The	net	unrealised	gain	at	31.12

	10	

 4 

The	parent	company’s	portfolio	of	financial	investments	USD	102	million	is	held	as	collateral	within	a	securities’	finance	facility.	See	note	18.

Note 17 Cash,	restricted	bank	deposits	and	undrawn	credit	facilities

USD mill

Payroll	tax	withholding	account

2019

2018

1

1

Companies	that	do	not	have	payroll	tax	withholding	account	use	bank	guarantees.	As	per	31.12.2019	total	guarantees	amounted	to	USD	6.3	million	(2018:	
USD	2.6	million).

Committed	undrawn	credit	facilities

299

364

Committed	undrawn	credit	facilities	are	key	part	of	the	liquidity	reserve,	amounting	to	USD	299	million	at	31.12.2019	(2018:	USD	364	million).

Cash and cash equivalents

Banks

Total cash and cash equivalents

 153 

 153 

	140	

 140 

The	group	has	cash	pool	arrangements	within	each	segments	and	this	is	
presented	as	cash	and	cash	equivalents.	WWH	ASA	(Holding	and	Investment	
segment)	owns	and	operates	a	multicurrency	cash	pool	with	a	header-account	
in	NOK,	comprising	of	subsidiaries	registered	in	Norway.	WMS	AS	(Maritime	
Services	segment)	owns	and	operates	a	multicurrency	cash	pool	with	a	

header-account	in	USD,	comprising	of	subsidiaries	in	Europe,	Asia-Pacific	
and	North	America.	NorSea	Group	AS	(Supply	Services	segment)	owns	and	
operates	a	multicurrency	cash	pool	with	a	header-account	in	NOK,	comprising	
of	subsidiaries	in	Norway,	Denmark,	Germany	and	U.K.

76

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 18 Interest-bearing	debt

USD mill

Interest-bearing debt

Bank	and	mortgages	loan

Leasing	debt	

Total interest-bearing debt

Book value of collateral, mortgaged and leased assets:

Financial	assets	to	fair	value,	current	financial	investments

Assets	Supply	Services	

Total book value of collateral, mortgaged and leased assets

The	parent	company’s	portfolio	of	financial	investments	is	held	as	collateral	within	a	securities’	finance	facility.

Repayment schedule for interest-bearing debt

Due	in	year	1

Due	in	year	2

Due	in	year	3

Due	in	year	4

Due	in	year	5	and	later

Total interest-bearing debt

Note

2019

2018

19

14/16

19

	494	

	181	

 675 

	193	

 411 

 605 

	92	

	40	

	40	

 251 

 252 

 675 

 533 

 533 

 175 

 461 

 636 

	85	

 27 

 22 

 217 

	182	

 533 

The	overview	above	shows	the	actual	maturity	structure,	with	the	amount	due	
in	year	one	as	the	first	year’s	instalment	classified	under	other	current	liabilities.

Loan	agreements	entered	into	by	the	group	contain	financial	covenants	
relating	to	liquidity,	leverage	and	value-adjusted	equity.	The	group	was	in	
compliance	with	all	covenants	at	31	December	2019.

USD mill

The group net interest-bearing debt

Non	current	interest-bearing	debt

Non	current	lease	liabilities	

Current	interest-bearing	debt

Current	lease	liabilities	

Total interest-bearing debt

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Current	financial	investments

Net interest-bearing debt

Net interest-bearing debt in joint ventures

Non	current	interest-bearing	debt

Total interest-bearing debt in joint ventures

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Net interest-bearing debt in joint ventures

2019

2018

	429	

 154 

 65 

 27 

 675 

 153 

	102	

 419 

	98	

 98 

 27 

 71 

16

4

4

	448	

	85	

 533 

	140	

	88	

 306 

	86	

 86 

 21 

 65 

77

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 18 Interest-bearing	debt

USD mill

Guarantee commitments

Guarantees	for	group	companies

Total

The carrying amounts of the group’s bank loan are denominated in the following currencies

USD

NOK

DKK

Total

See	otherwise	note	19	for	information	on	financial	derivatives	(currency	hedges)	relating	to	interest-bearing	debt.

2019

2018

 55 

 55 

	198	

	285	

	10	

 494 

 34 

 34 

	197	

 322 

 14 

 533 

USD mill

Net debt

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Liquid	investments*

Borrowings	–	repayable	within	one	year**

Borrowings	–	repayable	after	one	year**

Net debt

Note

2019

2018

 153 

	102	

	(92)

	(583)

 (419)

	140	

	88	

	(85)

	(448)

 (306)

*Liquid	investments	are	investment	grade	bonds	and	liquid	equities	traded	
in	active	markets.	These	assets	are	held	at	fair	value	recognized	through	the	
income	statement.

**Interest-bearing	debt	is	exposed	to	movements	in	floating	interest	rates	in	
USD	and	NOK.	Material	parts	of	the	interest	rate	risk	in	the	NOK-denominated	
debt	is	hedged	within	the	Supply	Services	segment.

Other assets

Liabilites from financing activities

Cash/
bank 
overdrafts

Liquid
invest-
ments

Finance
leases 
due within 
1 year

Finance
leases
due after 
1 year

Borrow. 
due
within 
1 year

Borrow. 
due
after
1 year

Total 
financing 
activities

 140 

 140 

 13 

 1 

 (1)

 153 

 167 

 2 

	(29)

 140 

 88 

 88 

 27 

 (4)

	(10)

 102 

 101 

 2 

	(8)

 (6)

 88 

 1 

 27 

 28 

 (1)

 27 

 2 

 (1)

 10 

	193	

 203 

	(10)

 (24)

 (15)

 154 

 9 

 1 

 85 

 437 

 85 

	119	

 (136)

 (3)

 65 

 106 

	8	

 (26)

 (2)

 437 

	(109)

	93	

	8	

 429 

 483 

 (5)

 (31)

	(10)

 534 

	220	

 754 

	(68)

 6 

	(18)

 675 

 601 

 2 

	(58)

 (12)

 1 

 10 

 85 

 437 

 534 

 (306)

Total 

 (306)

	(220)

 (526)

	108	

	(9)

 7 

 (419)

 (333)

	30	

 3 

 (6)

USD mill

Net debt 31.12.2018

Implementation	of	IFRS	16

Net debt 01.01.2019

Reclass

Cash	flows

Foreign	exchange	adjustments

Other	non-cash	movements

Net debt 31.12.2019

Net debt 01.01.2018

Reclass

Cash	flows

Foreign	exchange	adjustments

Other	non-cash	movements

Net debt 31.12.2018

78

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
    
    
Note 19 Financial	risk
The	group	has	exposure	to	the	following	financial	risks	from	its	operations:

•	 Market	risk
	 -	 Foreign	exchange	rate	risk
	 -		Interest	rate	risk
	 -	 Equity	market	risk
•	 Credit	risk
•	 Liquidity	risk

MARKET RISK
The	group	has	established	hedging	strategies	to	mitigate	risks	on	material	
exposures	originating	from	movements	in	currencies	and	interest	rates.	This	is	
compliant	with	the	financial	strategy	approved	by	the	board	of	directors.	

Changes	in	the	market	value	of	financial	derivatives	are	recognised	through	the	
income	statement	with	the	exception	of	the	Supply	Service	segment,	where	
derivatives	are	recognised	in	Other	Comprehensive	Income.

Associates	hedge	their	own	exposures.	The	group	records	the	effects	of	
realised	and	unrealised	changes	in	financial	derivatives	held	in	these	entities	in	
accordance	with	the	equity	method	under	“share	of	profit	from	joint	ventures	
and	associates”.	The	material	associates	are	Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA	group	
in	Holding	and	Investment	segment	and	Coast	Center	Base	group	in	Supply	
Service	segment.

Foreign exchange rate risk
The	group	is	exposed	to	currency	risk	on	revenues	and	costs	in	non-functional	
currencies	(transaction	risk),	and	balance	sheet	items	denominated	in	
currencies	other	than	non-functional	currencies	(translation	risk).	

The	group’s	largest	foreign	exchange	exposures	are	NOK,	EUR,	SGD	and	KRW	
–	all	against	USD.		

TRANSACTION RISK HEDGING (CASH FLOW)
The	group’s	operating	segments	are	responsible	for	hedging	their	own	material	
transaction	risk.	Within	Maritime	Services,	USDNOK,	EURUSD	and	USDSGD	
exposures	are	subject	to	a	systematic	3-year	rolling	hedge	program,	utilizing	a	
portfolio	of	currency	options	and	currency	forwards.	Remaining	exposures	are	
non-material	and	not	hedged.	

TRANSLATION RISK HEDGING (BALANCE SHEET)
The	group’s	policy	for	mitigating	translation	risk	is	to	match	the	denomination	
currency	of	assets	and	liabilities	to	as	large	extent	as	possible.	

FX SENSITIVITES (TRANSLATION RISK)
The	group	monitors	the	net	exposure	and	calculates	sensitivities	on	a	regular	
basis,	based	on	average	market	volatility	per	currency	cross.	Sensitivities	
showing	a	potential	accounting	effect	below	USD	5	million	on	group	level	are	
considered	non-material.

USD mill

Through income statement

Financial – currency gain/(loss)

Net	currency	gain/(loss)	–	Operating	currency

Net	currency	gain/(loss)	–	Financial	currency

Currency	derivatives	–	realised

Currency	derivatives	–	unrealised

Net financial – currency gain/(loss)

Through other comprehensive income

Currency	translation	differences	through	other	comprehensive	income

Total net currency effect 

Note

2019

2018

1

 7 

	(10)

	(10)

 4 

 (8)

 (2)

 (11)

 (4)

 (3)

 (2)

 (15)

 (23)

 (57)

 (79)

For	Maritime	Services,	Supply	Services	and	Holding	and	Investments,	material	
translation	risks	are	booked	to	other	comprehensive	income	due	to	the	
functional	currency	for	most	of	the	entities	being	different	from	the	reporting	
currency	USD.	

The	group’s	segments	perform	sensitivity	analyses	on	the	unhedged	part	of	
the	transaction	risk	on	a	regular	basis.

The	portfolio	of	derivatives	used	to	hedge	the	group’s	transaction	risk	
(described	above),	exhibit	the	following	income	statement	sensitivity:

USD mill

Sensitivity

Income statement sensitivities of economic hedge program

Transaction	risk

USD/NOK	spot	rate

Income statement effect (post tax)

EUR/USD	spot	rate

Income statement effect (post tax)

USD/SGD	spot	rate

Income statement effect (post tax)

(Tax	rate	used	is	22%	that	equals	the	Norwegian	tax	rate)

 (10%)

 (5%)

0%

5%

10%

7.90

 21 

1.01

 (12)

1.22

 8 

8.33

 11 

1.07

 (5)

1.29

 3 

8.77

1.12

1.36

9.21

 (12)

1.18

 5 

1.43

 (3)

9.65

 (25)

1.23

 9 

1.50

 (7)

79

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
    
    
    
Cont. note 19 Financial	risk
Interest rate risk
The	group’s	strategy	is	to	hedge	material	parts	of	the	interest-bearing	debt	
against	rising	interest	rates.	As	the	capital	intensity	varies	across	the	group’s	
business	segments,	which	have	their	own	policies	on	hedging	of	interest	rate	
risk,	hedge	ratios	vary.

USD mill

Maturity schedule interest rate hedges (nominal amounts)

Due	in	year	1

Due	in	year	2

Due	in	year	3

Due	in	year	4

Due	in	year	5	and	later	

Total interest rate hedges

Within	Holding	and	Investments	and	Maritime	Services	respectively,	no	
interest	rate	hedging	is	implemented	due	to	low	net	interest-bearing	debt	
(NIBD),	whereas	Supply	Services	have	hedged	about	50%	of	its	NIBD	as	of	
31	December	2019.

2019

2018

 23 

 12 

 46 

 67 

 148 

 12 

 23 

 125 

 161 

The	Supply	Services	segment	has	entered	swaption	contracts	with	a	notional	
value	of	about	USD	16	million,	with	expiry	date	in	2022.	Depending	on	interest	
rate	levels	on	the	expiry	date,	exercising	the	swaptions	by	the	counterparties	
will	extend	the	maturity	of	expiring	swaps	until	2032.						

The	average	remaining	term	of	the	existing	total	debt	portfolio	is	approximately	
5	years.	The	hedges	have	an	average	remaining	term	of	approximately	6	years.

Interest rate sensitivity
The	group’s	interest	rate	risk	originates	from	differences	in	duration	between	
assets	and	liabilities.	On	the	asset	side,	bank	deposits	and	investments	in	

interest-bearing	instruments	are	subject	to	risk	from	changes	in	the	general	
level	of	interest	rates,	primarily	in	USD.	

The	group	uses	the	weighted	average	duration	of	interest-bearing	assets,	
liabilities	and	financial	interest	rate	derivatives	to	compute	the	group’s	
sensitivity	towards	changes	in	interest	rates.	

Sensitivities	resulting	in	a	potential	accounting	effect	below	USD	5	million	on	
group	level	are	considered	non-material.	On	31	December	2019,	the	group	has	
no	material	exposure	subject	to	interest	rate	risk.

2019

2018

Assets 

Liabilities

Assets 

Liabilities

 6 

 6 

	10	

 10 

 16 

 0   

 1 

 1 

 1 

 7 

7

 12 

 2 

 14 

 21 

 0 

 0 

 0 

USD mill

Interest rate derivatives

Maritime	Services

Supply	Services

Holding	and	Investments

Total interest rate derivatives

Currency derivatives

Maritime	Services

Supply	Services

Holding	and	Investments

Total currency derivatives

Total market value of financial derivatives

Book	value	equals	market	value

80

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Cont. note 19 Financial	risk
EQUITY MARKET RISK
The	group	holds	several	assets	listed	on	equity	markets	as	well	as	a	defined	
portfolio	of	financial	assets	for	a	proportion	of	the	group’s	short-term	liquidity.	

Income statement sensitivities of equity market risk

USD mill

Change in equity prices

Change	in	market	value

Income statement effect

(Tax	rate	used	is	22%	that	equals	the	Norwegian	tax	rate)

Below	table	summarizes	the	equity	market	sensitivity	towards	the	market	value	
of	all	listed	equities	held:

	(20%)

 (91)

	(10%)

 (46)

0%

10%

 46 

20%

 91 

CREDIT RISK
Credit	risk	is	the	risk	of	financial	loss	to	the	group	if	a	customer	or	counterparty	
to	a	financial	derivative	fails	to	meet	its	contractual	obligations.	The	group’s	
credit	risk	originates	primarily	from	the	account	receivables,	financial	
derivatives	used	to	hedge	interest	rate	risk	or	foreign	exchange	risk,	as	well	as	
investments,	including	bank	deposits.	

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables
The	group’s	exposure	to	credit	risk	on	its	receivables	varies	across	segments	
and	subsidiaries.	

Within	the	Maritime	Services	and	Supply	Services,	the	global	customer	
base	provides	diversification	with	respect	to	credit	risk	on	receivables.	The	
segments	monitor	and	manage	their	respective	credit	risk	on	a	regular	basis.	
Reference	is	made	to	note	13.

Given	the	negative	market	sentiment	in	several	shipping	and	offshore	
segments,	some	customers	are	currently	facing	increased	financial	difficulties	
relative	to	previous	years,	implying	that	the	group’s	credit	risk	has	increased	
somewhat,	but	is	still	regarded	as	moderate.

Bank deposits and financial derivatives
The	group	maintains	cash	management	operations	and	trades	financial	
derivatives	with	a	selection	of	financially	solid	banks	(as	determined	by	their	
official	credit	ratings),	limiting	the	corresponding	credit	risk.	

Other credit exposures
No	material	loans	or	receivables	were	past	due	or	impaired	at	31	December	
2019	(analogous	for	2018).

Guarantees
The	group’s	policy	is	that	no	financial	guarantees	are	provided	by	the	parent	
company.	However,	financial	guarantees	are	provided	within	Maritime	Services	
and	Supply	Services.	See	note	18	for	further	details.

Credit risk exposure 
The	carrying	amount	of	financial	assets	represents	the	maximum	credit	
exposure.	

The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	at	the	reporting	date	was	as	per	below	
table.

USD mill

Exposure to credit risk

Financial	derivatives

Account	receivables

Financial	investments

Other	non	current	assets

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	bank	deposits

Total exposure to credit risk

Note

2019

2018

 12

 12

 16

 12

 12

 17

 1 

 233 

 44 

 25 

	82	

 153 

 537 

	229	

 45 

 23 

	80	

	140	

 516 

81

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
    
Cont. note 19 Financial	risk
LIQUIDITY RISK
The	group’s	approach	to	managing	liquidity	is	to	ensure	that	the	group	meets	
its	liabilities,	under	both	normal	and	stressed	conditions,	without	incurring	
unacceptable	losses	or	risking	damage	to	the	group’s	reputation.

The	group’s	liquidity	risk	is	low	in	that	it	holds	significant	liquid	assets	in	
addition	to	credit	facilities	with	the	banks.	

At	31	December	2019,	the	group	had	in	excess	of	USD	347	million	(2018:	USD	
317	million)	in	cash,	investment	grade	bonds	and	listed	equities	(cash	and	cash	
equivalents,	current	financial	investments	and	investment	in	Qube	Holding	
Limited),	in	addition	to	USD	299	million	(2018:	USD	364	million)	in	committed	
undrawn	credit	facilities.	

USD mill

Undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 2019

Mortgages

Finance	lease	liabilities

Bank	loan

Financial	derivatives

Interest	due

Total undiscounted cash flow financial liabilities

Current	liabilities	(excluding	next	year's	instalment	on	interest-bearing	debt)

Total gross undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 31.12.2019

Undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 2018

Mortgages

Finance	lease	liabilities

Bank	loan

Financial	derivatives

Interest	due

Total undiscounted cash flow financial liabilities

Current	liabilities	(excluding	next	year's	instalment	on	interest-bearing	debt)

Total gross undiscounted cash flows financial liabilities 31.12.2018

Less than  
1 year

Between 1 
and 2 years

Between 2 
and 5 years

Later than 
5 years

 42 

 27 

 23 

 16 

 27 

 134 

 374 

 508 

	59	

 3 

 23 

 21 

 21 

 127 

 271 

 399 

 25 

 25 

 25 

 75 

 75 

 23 

 3 

 21 

 47 

 47 

	48	

 23 

	198	

 62 

 332 

 332 

 37 

 5 

	197	

 63 

 302 

 302 

 157 

	106	

 3 

 266 

 266 

	182	

 182 

 182 

82

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
Cont. note 19 Financial	risk
COVENANTS
The	group’s	bank	and	lease	financing	are	subject	to	financial	or	non-financial	
covenant	clauses	related	to	one	or	several	of	the	following:

•	 Limitation	on	the	ability	to	pledge	assets
•	 Change	of	control
•	 Minimum	liquidity
•	 NIBD	/	EBITDA	or	equivalent	Debt-Service	Coverage-Ratios
•	 Loan-to-Value

As	of	the	balance	date,	the	group	is	not	in	breach	of	any	financial	or	
non-financial	covenants.

FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION 
The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	an	active	market	is	based	on	
quoted	market	prices	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	fair	value	of	financial	
instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	(over-the-counter	contracts)	is	
based	on	third	party	quotes.	These	quotes	use	observable	market	rates	for	
price	discovery.	Specific	valuation	techniques	used	by	financial	counterparties	
(banks)	to	value	financial	derivatives	include:

•	 Quoted	market	prices	or	dealer	quotes	for	similar	derivatives

•	 The	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swaps	is	calculated	as	the	net	present	value	of	 
	 the	estimated	future	cash	flows	based	on	observable	yield	curves

•	 The	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swap	option	(swaption)	contracts	is	determined	 
	 using	observable	volatility,	yield	curve	and	time-to-maturity	parameters	at	 
	 the	balance	sheet	date,	resulting	in	a	swaption	premium.	Options	are	typically	 
	 valued	by	applying	the	Black-Scholes	model.

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT 
The	group’s	overall	policy	is	to	maintain	a	strong	capital	base	to	maintain	
investor,	creditor	and	market	confidence	and	to	sustain	future	business	
development.	The	board	of	directors	monitors	various	return	metrics,	where	
Return	on	Equity	and	dividend	levels	are	predominant.

The	group	seeks	to	maintain	a	balance	between	the	potential	higher	returns	
stemming	from	higher	levels	of	financial	gearing	and	the	advantages	of	a	strong	
balance	sheet.	The	financial	strategy	and	setting	of	thresholds	for	capital 
structure,	return	requirements	and	risk	are	revised	by	the	board	of	directors.

•	 The	fair	value	of	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	is	determined	using		
	 forward	exchange	rates	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	with	the	resulting	value	 
	 discounted	back	to	net	present	value

•	 The	fair	value	of	foreign	exchange	option	contracts	is	determined	using		
	 observable	forward	exchange	rates,	volatility,	yield	curves	and	time-to-
	 maturity	parameters	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	resulting	in	an	option	premium.	 
	 Options	are	typically	valued	by	applying	the	Black-Scholes	model.

The	carrying	value	less	impairment	provision	of	receivables	and	payables	are	
assumed	to	approximate	their	fair	values.	The	group	estimates	the	fair	value	of	
financial	liabilities	for	disclosure	purposes	by	discounting	the	future	contractual	
cash	flows	at	current	market	interest	rates	available	to	the	group	for	similar	
financial	derivatives.			

USD mill

Interest-bearing debt

Mortgages

Finance	lease	liabilities

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt 31.12.2019

Mortgages

Finance	lease	liabilities

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt 31.12.2018

Note

Fair value

Book value

 273 

	181	

 224 

 677 

	302	

 11 

 223 

 536 

 273 

	181	

 221 

 675 

	302	

 11 

	220	

 533 

	18

	18

83

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 19 Financial	risk
The	fair	values	are	based	on	cash	flows	discounted	using	a	rate	based	on	market	rates	including	margins	and	are	within	level	2	of	the	fair	value	hierarchy.

USD mill

Financial assets at fair value

Equities

Bonds

Financial	derivatives

Financial	assets	to	fair	value

Total financial assets 31.12.2019

Financial liabilities at fair value

Financial	derivatives

Total financial liabilities 31.12.2019

Financial assets at fair value

Equities

Bonds

Financial	assets	to	fair	value

Total financial assets 31.12.2018

Financial liabilities at fair value

Financial	derivatives

Total financial liabilities 31.12.2018

USD mill

Changes in level 3 instruments

Opening	balance	01.01

Acquisition	

Transfer	to	level	3

Return	of	capital

Gains	and	losses	recognised	through	income	statement

Closing balance 31.12

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

	58	

 44 

 655 

 757 

 (1)

 0 

 42 

 45 

 611 

 699 

 0 

 1 

 1 

 (16)

 (16)

 0 

 21 

 21 

	20	

 20 

 0 

	38	

 38 

 0 

	58	

 44 

 1 

 675 

 778 

 (16)

 (16)

 42 

 45 

	650	

 737 

 21 

 21 

2019

2018

	38	

 6 

 1 

 (25)

 20 

	94	

 6 

 (1)

	(60)

 38 

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	active	markets	is	based	on	
quoted	market	prices	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	A	market	is	regarded	as	active	
if	quoted	prices	are	readily	and	regularly	available	from	an	exchange,	dealer,	
broker,	industry	group,	pricing	service,	or	regulatory	agency,	and	those	prices	
represent	actual	and	regularly	occurring	market	transactions	on	an	arm’s	
length	basis.	

The	quoted	market	price	used	for	financial	assets	held	by	the	group	is	the	
current	close	price.	These	instruments	are	included	in	level	1.	Instruments	
included	in	level	1	at	the	end	of	2019	are	liquid	investment	grade	bonds	and	
listed	equities	(analogous	for	2018).

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	(over-
the-counter	contracts)	are	based	on	third	party	quotes	(Mark-to-Market).	
These	quotes	use	observable	market	rates	for	price	discovery.	The	different	
techniques	typically	applied	by	financial	counterparties	(banks)	were	described	
above.	These	instruments	-	FX	and	IR	derivatives	-	are	included	in	level	2.	

If	one	or	more	of	the	significant	inputs	is	not	based	on	observable	market	data,	
the	derivatives	is	in	level	3.	

84

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
 
 
 
Cont. note 19 Financial	risk

Financial instruments by category

USD mill

Assets

Other	non	current	assets

Financial	asset	to	fair	value

Current	financial	investments

Current	financial	derivatives

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalent

Assets at 31.12.2019

Liabilities

Non	current	interest-bearing	debt

Current	interest	bearing	liabilities

Current	financial	derivatives

Other	non	current	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Liabilities 31.12.2019

Assets

Other	non	current	assets

Financial	asset	to	fair	value

Current	financial	investments

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalent

Assets at 31.12.2018

Liabilities

Non	current	interest-bearing	debt

Current	interest	bearing	liabilities

Current	financial	derivatives

Other	non	current	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Liabilities 31.12.2018

Note

12

14

16

12

12

17

Note

18

18

12

12

12

Note

12

14

16

12

17

Note

18

18

12

12

12

Financial 
assets at 
amortised 
cost

Fair value 
through 
the income 
statement

Other

Total

 315 

 153 

 468 

 7 

 675 

	102	

 1 

 785 

 17 

 1 

 18 

Liabilites 
at fair 
value throug 
the income 
statement

Other financial 
liabilites at  
amortised 
cost

	583	

	92	

	439	

 1 114 

 16 

 25 

 41 

 25 

 675 

	102	

 1 

 316 

 153 

 1 272 

Total

	583	

	92	

 16 

 25 

	439	

 1 155 

Financial 
assets at 
amortised 
cost

Fair value 
through 
the income 
statement

Other

Total

	308	

	140	

 449 

 4 

	650	

	88	

 741 

	19	

 2 

 21 

Liabilites at 
fair value 
throug the 
income
 statement

Other financial 
liabilites at  
amortised 
cost

	448	

	85	

 432 

 965 

 21 

 23 

 44 

 23 

	650	

	88	

 311 

	140	

 1 211 

Total

	448	

	85	

 21 

 23 

 432 

 1 009 

85

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
 
Note 20 Operating	lease	commitments
IFRS	16	was	implemented	1	January	2019.	Operating	lease	commitments	
related	to	Strandveien	20	including	storage	and	parking,	are	a	part	of	right-of-
use	assets	1	January	2019.	See	Note	8.

31 December 2018
In	the	Supply	Services	segment	the	group	has	lease	agreements	for	variuos	
properties	on	operating	leases.	The	rental	agreements	are	subject	to	varying	
lifespan	with	the	longest	agreement	ending	on	1	July	2064.

In addition the group had:
Sale	and	leaseback	agreement	for	the	office	building,	Strandveien	20	for	
15	years	from	1	October	2009,	with	an	option	to	extend	for	additional	
5	years	+	5	years.

The	lease	agreement	for	the	office	building	(including	storage	and	parking)	
at	Strandveien	12	was	terminated	in	February	2019.

The commitment related to this is as set out below (nominal amounts):

USD mill

Due	in	year	1

Due	in	year	2

Due	in	year	3

Due	in	year	4

Due	in	year	5	and	later

Nominal amount of operating lease commitments 

2018

 21 

 21 

 21 

 21 

 121 

 204 

In	connection	to	the	daily	operation	the	group	has	additional	lease	agreements	for	office	rental,	office	equipment	and	other	fixed	assets.
The	additional	lease	agreements	are	not	material	for	the	group.	

86

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 21 Related	party	transaction
The	ultimate	owner	of	the	group	is	Tallyman	AS,	which	controls	about	60%	
of	voting	shares	of	the	group.	The	beneficial	owners	of	Tallyman	AS	are	the	
Wilhelmsen	family	and	Mr	Wilhelm	Wilhelmsen	controls	Tallyman	AS	at	31	
December	2019.	

Remuneration	to	Mr	Wilhelm	Wilhelmsen	for	2019	totalled	USD	93	thousand	
(2018:	USD	101	thousand)	whereof	USD	85	thousand	(2018:	USD	92	
thousand)	was	consulting	fee	and	USD	9	thousand	(2018:	USD	9	thousand)	in	
nomination	committee	for	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	and	Treasure	ASA.

See	note	6	regarding	fees	to	board	of	directors,	and	note	2	and	note	9	in	the	
parent	company	regarding	ownership.

The	group	has	undertaken	several	agreements	and	transactions	with	related	

parties	in	WalWil	ASA	group,	Maritime	Services,	Supply	Services	and	Holding	
and	Investments	segment	in	2019	and	2018.	All	transactions	are	entered	into	
market	terms.	The	services	are:

•	 Ship	management	including	crewing,	technical	and	management	service
•	 Agency	services
•	 Freight	and	liner	services
•	 Marine	products
•	 Shared	services

Generally,	Shared	Services	are	priced	using	a	cost	plus	5%	margin	calculation,	
in	accordance	with	the	principles	set	out	in	the	OECD	Transfer	Pricing	
Guidelines	and	are	delivered	according	to	agreements	that	are	renewed	annually.

Material related parties in the group are:

Business office, country

Ownership

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA

Coast	Center	Base	AS

Lysaker,	Norway

Fjell,	Norway	

37.80%

50.00%

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA,	through	its	operating	companies,	is	the	market	
leader	in	the	finished	vechicle	logistics	segment,	offering	ocean	transportation	
and	landbased	vechicle	logistics	solutions.	

Coast	Center	Base	AS	in	the	Supply	Services	segment	delivers	IT	project,	
administration	and	handling	services	and	the	transactions	are	based	on	
market	terms.

USD mill

Note

2019

2018

OPERATING REVENUE FROM RELATED PARTY

Sale of goods and services to joint ventures and associates from:

WalWil	group

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services	

Operating revenue from related party

OPERATING EXPENSES FROM RELATED PARTY

Purchase of goods and services from joint ventures and associates to:

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services	

Operating expenses to related party

ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES FROM RELATED PARTY

Maritime	Services	

Account receivables from related party

ACCOUNT PAYABLES TO RELATED PARTY

Maritime	Services	

Supply	Services

Account payables to related party

NON CURRENT ASSETS TO RELATED PARTY

Maritime	Services	

Non current assets to related party

	18	

 7 

 1 

 26 

 2 

 2 

 2 

 2 

 6 

 1 

 7 

 14 

 14 

 16 

 6 

 22 

 2 

 2 

 1 

 1 

 4 

	8	

 12 

	19	

 19 

87

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
Note 22 Subsidiaries	with	material	non-controlling	interests

NorSea	Group	AS

Treasure	ASA*	

Business office/country

Voting/control share

2019

Tananger,	Norway	

Lysaker,	Norway	

75.15%

73.46%

*During	2019,	Treasure	ASA	liquidated	2.200.000	own	shares	and	had	465.000	own	shares	at	31	December	2019.

Set	out	below	is	the	summarised	financial	information	for	the	subsidiary	that	has	non-controlling	interests	(NCI)	material	to	the	group.	The	amounts	disclosed	are	
100%	and	before	inter-company	eliminations.

NorSea Group AS

Treasure ASA

2019

2018

2019

2018

	497	

	69	

 565 

 362 

	120	

 482 

 84 

 246 

 4 

 1 

 6 

 4 

 1 

 21 

 15 

 (45)

 (9)

 552 

	119	

 671 

	286	

	180	

 466 

 206 

	285	

 15 

 2 

 17 

 4 

 1 

 46 

	(30)

 7 

 23 

	560	

 4 

 563 

 0 

 563 

 14 

	48	

 48 

 13 

 2 

 11 

	(9)

 1 

 523 

 2 

 525 

 525 

 13 

 (43)

 (43)

 (12)

 2 

 11 

	(10)

 (0)

2019

2018

 17 

 (1)

 16 

 (7)

 2 

 (6)

USD mill

Summarised balance sheet

Non	current	assets

Current	assets

Total assets

Non	current	liabilities

Current	liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Summarised income statement/OCI

Total	income

Profit/(loss)	for	the	year

Other	comprehensive	income

Total comprehensive income

Profit	allocated	to	NCIs

Dividends	paid	to	NCIs

Summarised cash flows

Net	cash	flow	provided	by/(used	in)	operating	activities

Net	cash	flow	provided	by/(used	in)	investing	activities

Net	cash	flow	provided	by/(used	in)	financing	activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

USD mill

Total allocation to NCIs

Profit/(loss)	for	the	period	to	material	NCIs

Profit/(loss)	for	the	period	to	other	immaterial	NCIs

Profit for the period to NCIs

88

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019    
 
    
 
Note 23 Contingencies
Coast	Center	Base	AS	(CCB),	50%	owned	by	NorSea	Group,	lost	a	floating	
dock	26	November	2018.	The	dock	is	considered	lost	and	the	fair	value	was	
nil	by	31	December	2019.	CCB	has	made	an	accrual	to	cover	costs	related	
to	a	salvage	operation.	Local	authorities	have	issued	their	conclusion,	
implicating	lower	accruals.	However,	as	the	matter	has	been	appealed	by	other	
authorities,	the	company	has	decided	to	keep	the	accrual	untill	a	final	decision	
has	been	made.	

The	size	and	global	activities	of	the	group	dictate	that	companies	in	the	group	
will	be	involved	from	time	to	time	in	disputes	and	legal	actions.

The	group	is	not	aware	of	any	financial	risk	associated	with	disputes	and	
legal	actions	which	are	not	largely	covered	through	insurance	arrangements.	
Nevertheless,	any	such	disputes/actions	which	might	exist	are	of	such	a	nature	
that	they	will	not	significantly	affect	the	group’s	financial	position.

Note 24 Events	after	the	balance	sheet	date
The	recent	outbreak	of	Coronavirus	has	already	and	will	continue	to	affect	
economic	conditions	and	the	demand	for	Maritime	and	Supply	services	
regionally	as	well	as	globally	and	otherwise	impact	the	group’s	operations	and	
the	operations	of	the	group’s	customers,	suppliers	and	other	stakeholders.	
Governments	in	affected	countries	are	imposing	travel	bans,	quarantines	and	
other	emergency	public	health	measures.	Those	measures,	though	temporary	
in	nature,	may	continue	and	increase	depending	on	developments	in	the	 
virus’	outbreak.	As	a	result	of	these	measures,	the	group	operations	located	 
in	regions	affected	by	Coronavirus	may	be	negatively	affected.

Hyundai	Glovis	and	Qube	Holding	have	declined	significantly	compared	to	year	
end	2019	and	the	parent	liquid	portfolio	investments	has	declined	in	line	with	
the	nordic	stock	market.

The	ultimate	severity	of	the	Coronavirus	outbreak	is	uncertain	at	this	time	
and	therefore	we	cannot	predict	the	impact	it	may	have	on	the	group’s	future	
operations	and	the	health	of	our	employees,	which	could	be	material	and	
adverse.

Investments	in	the	Holding	and	Investment	segment	are	adversely	impacted.	
The	share	price	of	WalWil	has	dropped	significantly	and	this	is	considered	to	be	
an	impairment	indicator	for	the	investment	in	the	company.	The	share	price	of	

No	other	material	events	occurred	between	the	balance	sheet	date	and	the	
date	when	the	accounts	were	presented	which	provide	new	information	about	
conditions	prevailing	on	the	balance	sheet	date.

89

GroupAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Responsible 
partner

Doing the right things the right way is the foundation of our 
governing elements and culture, and we have the same expectation 
of our partners and suppliers. To encourage this, our approach is 
to work consistently on business standards; actively managing and 
encouraging suppliers on their working conditions and business 
standards; and partnering with other serious actors to lift the standards 
in the industry. Our work in the Maritime Anti-corruption network 
(MACN) is one of the ways how we amplify our impact on the fight 
against corruption. 

4
Accounts and 
notes – parent 
company

Income statement Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

NOK thousand

Operating income

Operating expenses

Employee	benefits

Operating	expenses

Depreciation

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Financial income/(expenses)

Net	financial	income

Net	financial	expenses

Financial income/(expenses)

Profit before tax

Tax	income

Profit for the year

Transfers and allocations

To	equity

Proposed	dividend

Interim	dividend	paid

Total transfers and allocations

Note

2019

2018

1

2

1

3

1

1

5

10

10

10

 21 957 

 23 899 

	(84	060)

	(39	938)

	(6	052)

 (75 446)

 (45 375)

 (2 266)

 (130 049)

 (123 086)

 (108 093)

 (99 187)

	641	059	

	(86	618)

 554 441 

	428	285	

	(8	231)

 420 054 

 446 348 

 320 866 

	26	919	

 473 268 

	38	265	

 359 131 

	272	658	

	89	160	

	111	450	

 473 268 

	150	464	

	116	010	

	92	658	

 359 131 

Comprehensive income Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

NOK thousand

Profit	for	the	year

Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement

Remeasurement	postemployment	benefits,	net	of	tax

Total comprehensive income

Note

2019

2018

	473	268	

	359	131	

10/11

	(5	977)

 467 290 

	3	200	

 362 332 

Notes 1 to 17 on the next pages are an integral part of these financial statements.

94

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019  
Balance sheet Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

NOK thousand

ASSETS

Non current assets

Deferred	tax	asset

Intangible	assets

Tangible	assets

Property	lease	assets	

Investments	in	subsidiaries	and	associates

Sub	lease	receivable	

Other	non	current	assets

Total non current assets

Current assets

Current	financial	investments

Trade	and	other	receivables

Sub	lease	receivable	

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Equity

Paid-in	capital

Own	shares

Retained	earnings

Total equity

Non current liabilities

Pension	liabilities

Property	lease	liabilities	

Other	non	current	liabilities

Total non current liabilities

Current liabilities

Public	duties	payable

Trade	and	other	payables	

Current	portion	of	property	lease	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Total current liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

5

3

3

4

6

4/15

7

8/9

7

4/15

7/9/15

9

10

10

10

11

4

7

7

4

7/12/15

	68	198	

	3	884	

	10	549	

	20	871	

	42	398	

	2	486	

	11	402	

	4	859	064	

	4	872	004	

166	833

	27	000	

5 129 397

 4 955 291 

	896	979	

	7	984	

33	650

	234	805	

	205	737	

1 379 155

6 508 552

 761 231 

	11	924	

	399	768	

	81	190	

 1 254 112 

 6 209 403 

	928	076	

 (36 476)

	928	076	

	4	904	330		

	4	845	902	

 5 795 930 

 5 773 979 

	50	038	

184	901

	1	548	

236 487

	5	309	

	4	852	

37	292

	428	682	

476 135

	40	856	

	34	350	

 75 206 

 6 756 

 5 273 

	348	190	

 360 219 

6 508 552

 6 209 403 

Lysaker	31	March	2020
The	board	of	directors	of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Diderik	Schnitler
chair

Trond	Westlie

Carl	Erik	Steen

Notes 1 to 17 on the next pages are an integral part of these financial statements.

	Irene	Waage	Basili

Thomas	Wilhelmsen
group	CEO

95

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cash flow statement Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

NOK thousand

Note

2019

2018

Cash flow from operating activities

Profit	before	tax

Financial	(income)/expenses

Depreciation

Gain	on	sale	of	fixed	asset

Change	in	net	pension	liability

Change	in	other	current	assets

Change	in	working	capital

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Proceeds	from	sale	of	fixed	assets

Investments	in	fixed	assets	

Investments	in	subsidaries

Loan	repayments	received	from	subsidiaries

Repayment	of	financial	sub	lease	

Loans	from	subsidiaries,	cash	pool

Loans	granted	to	subsidiaries

Proceeds	from	sale	of	financial	investments

Current	financial	investments

Dividend/	group	contribution	from	group	companies

Dividend	received	from	financial	assets

Paid	witholding	tax	dividend	portfolio	management

Interest	received

Net cash flow from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Proceeds	from	issue	of	debt

Repayment	of	financial	lease	debt

Interest	paid

Purchase	of	own	shares

Dividend	to	shareholders

Net cash flow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents,	at	the	beginning	of	the	period

Cash and cash equivalents at 31.12

3/4

3

3

6

7/15

4

9

1

4

10

10

	446	348	

 (554 441)

	6	052	

	1	519	

	(6	898)

	320	866	

	(420	054)

 2 266 

 (274)

 64 

 4 467 

	(20	561)

 (107 420)

 (113 226)

 (2 421)

	(13	060)

	78	760	

30	802

	98	729	

	198	574	

 (263 774)

	619	094	

 16 535 

 (2 651)

 13 616 

774 205

(34 136)

 (16 567)

	(264	075)

	(227	460)

(542 237)

 124 547 

	81	190	

 205 737 

	296	

	(719)

	(105	148)

 252 467 

 (261 335)

	423	000	

 14 713 

 (2 436)

	2	609	

 323 446 

	50	000	

	(2	584)

	(255	071)

 (207 656)

 2 565 

	78	624	

 81 190 

The	company	has	several	bank	accounts	in	different	currencies.	Unrealised	currency	effects	are	included	in	net	cash	provided	by	operating	activities.

Notes 1 to 17 on the next pages are an integral part of these financial statements.

96

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
Note 1 Combined	items,	income	statement

NOK thousand

OPERATING INCOME

Other	income

Income	from	group	companies

Gain	on	sale	of	assets

Total operating income

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

Expenses	to	group	companies

Communication	and	IT	expenses

External	services

Travel	and	meeting	expenses

Marketing	expenses

Other	administration	expenses

Total other operating expenses

FINANCIAL INCOME/(EXPENSES)

Financial income

Investment	management

Interest	income

Interest	income	financial	sublease	

Dividend/group	contribution	from	associates	and	subsidiaries

Net	currency	gain

Net financial income

Financial expenses

Interest	expenses

Interest	expenses	financial	lease

Impairment	investment	in	subsidiaries	

Other	financial	items

Net	currency	(loss)

Net financial expenses

Net financial income

Note

2019

2018

15

15

2

8

15

15

 346 

 21 611 

 21 957 

 (13 457)

	(5	915)

	(8	380)

	(2	491)

	(2	917)

	(6	778)

	1	817	

	21	809	

 274 

 23 899 

	(18	262)

 (4 356)

	(12	379)

	(5	033)

	(2	977)

	(2	368)

 (39 938)

 (45 375)

	108	092	

	3	410	

	10	462	

	519	094	

 641 059 

	(5	920)

	(11	485)

	(60	000)

	(1	996)

 (7 217)

 (86 618)

	(60	198)

	2	609	

	473	000	

	12	874	

 428 285 

 (6 166)

	(2	066)

 (8 231)

 554 441 

 420 054 

97

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 2 Employee	benefits

NOK thousand

Pay

Payroll	tax

Pension	cost	

Other	remuneration

Total employee benefits

Average	number	of	employees

REMUNERATION OF SENIOR EXECUTIVES

NOK thousand

2019

Group	CEO

Group	CFO

2018

Group	CEO

Group	CFO

*Mainly	related	to	gross	up	pension	expenses	and	company	car.

Board of directors 
Remuneration	of	the	five	directors	totalled	NOK	2	500	thousand	for	2019	(2018:	
NOK	2	150	thousand).	The	board’s	remuneration	for	the	fiscal	year	2019	will	be	
approved	by	the	general	assembly	29	April	2020.

Remuneration	of	the	nomination	committee	totalled	NOK	100	thousand	for	
2019	(2018:	NOK	85	thousand).

Senior executives
Thomas	Wilhelmsen	–	group	CEO
Christian	Berg	–	group	CFO

2019

2018

	58	501	

	9	552	

	11	720	

	4	287	

 84 060 

	47	578	

	10	856	

	11	105	

	5	908	

 75 446 

 34 

 35 

Pay

Bonus

Pension 
premium

*Other 
remuneration

	5	003	

	3	529	

	4	870	

	3	381	

	1	977	

	940	

	2	032	

 431 

	1	842	

 446 

	1	903	

 444 

	1	696	

	460	

Total

	8	939	

	4	404	

	10	385	

	5	228	

The	group	CEO	has	a	severance	pay	guarantee	under	which	he	has	the	
right	to	receive	up	to	100%	of	his	annual	salary	for	24	months	after	leaving	
the	company	as	a	result	of	mergers,	substantial	changes	in	ownership,	or	
a	decision	by	the	board	of	directors.	Possible	income	during	the	period	is	
deducted	up	to	50%,	which	comes	into	force	after	six	months’	notice	period.	
Group	CEO	has	the	right	to	a	life-long	pension	constituting	50%	of	his	annual	
salary	ritirement	above	12G.

The	group	CFO	is	following	the	company	pension	policy	for	salary	below	and	
above	12G	(defined	contribution	plan).	His	retirement	age	is	67.	In	additional,	
he	has	a	right	to	receive	60%	of	his	annual	salary	between	67	and	70	year.

Loans and guarantees employees
There	were	no	loan	or	guarantees	to	employees	per	31.12.2019.

98

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
Cont. note 2 Employee	benefits

SHARES OWNED OR CONTROLLED BY REPRESENTATIVES OF WILH. WILHELMSEN HOLDING ASA AT 31 DECEMBER 2019

Name

Board of directors

Diderik	Schnitler	(chair)

Trond	Ø.	Westlie

Carl	E.	Steen

Irene	Waage	Basili	

Cathrine	Løvenskiold	Wilhelmsen	

Senior executives

Thomas	Wilhelmsen	–	group	CEO

Christian	Berg	–	group	CFO

Nomination committee

Wilhelm	Wilhelmsen

Gunnar	Fredrik	Selvaag

Jan	Gunnar	Hartvig

A shares

B shares

Total

Part of total
 shares

Part of voting
 stock

	2	000	

	25	000	

	27	000	

	8	000	

	730	

	8	000	

	730	

	22	100	

	301	

	750	

	22	850	

	301	

	20	880	114	

	2	302	444	

	23	182	558	

0.06%

0.00%

0.02%

0.00%

0.00%

0.05%

0.00%

0.01%

0.00%

0.02%

0.00%

0.00%

0.06%

0.00%

49.96%

0.00%

0.00%

60.46%

0.00%

0.00%

LONG TERM INCENTIVE SCHEME 
The	long	term	incentive	scheme	(LTI)	was	introduced	in	2015.	Participants	are	
members	of	the	group	management	team	and	the	presidents	for	Wilhelmsen	
Ships	Service	and	Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management.	For	the	group	CEO,	maximum	
annual	payment	is	100%	of	base	salary.	For	the	remaining	participants,	the	
maximum	annual	payment	is	50%	of	base	salary.

The	LTI	focuses	on	long	term	shareholder	value	creation	and	is	based	on	
positive	development	of	the	Wilhelmsen	group’s	value	adjusted	equity.	The	
ambitions	set	for	the	programme	are	to	increase	alignment	with	value	creation	
for	shareholders,	to	attract,	retain	and	motivate	participants	and	drive	long-term	
group	performance.

Settlement	is	based	on	return	on	value	adjusted	equity	the	last	four	years	
leading	up	to	the	settlement.	The	value	adjusted	equity	is	determined	by	using	

a	“sum-of-the-parts”	principle.	For	listed	companies,	value	adjusted	equity	is	
based	on	market	price,	while	earnings	multiples	or	net	asset	value	are	used	for	
non-listed	entities.	

The	board	sets	value	adjusted	equity	targets	at	the	beginning	of	each	four	
year	measurement	period.	Without	consultation	or	agreement	with	the	
individual,	the	board	has	the	right	to	change	or	terminate	the	incentive	
programme	after	each	year.		

Per	31	December	2019,	a	provision	has	been	made	related	to	the	LTI	
programme	ending	on	31	December	2020.	Potential	payment	will	be	done	in	
March	2021,	pending	approval	from	the	board	of	directors.	The	provision	has	
been	calculated	based	on	value	adjusted	equity	per	31	December	2019,	risk	
free	return	and	standard	deviation	of	historic	annual	value	creation.

EXPENSED AUDIT FEE (excluding VAT)

NOK thousand

Statutory	audit

Other	service	fees

Total expensed audit fee

2019

2018

 545 

 74 

 619 

 535 

 277 

 811 

99

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
  
Note 3 Intangible	and	tangible	assets

NOK thousand

2019

Cost	01.01

Additions

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	01.01

Depreciation/amortisation

Accumulated depreciation 31.12

Intangible 
assets

Buildings

Other tangible 
assets

Total

	6	180	

 2 421 

 8 601 

	(3	693)

	(1	024)

 (4 717)

	10	582	

	9	084	

 10 582 

 9 084 

	(3	021)

 (423)

 (3 444)

 (5 243)

	(430)

 (5 674)

	25	846	

 2 421 

 28 267 

	(11	957)

	(1	878)

 (13 835)

Carrying amounts 31.12

 3 884 

 7 138 

 3 411 

 14 432 

Depreciation/amortisation	intangible	and	tangible	assets	

Depreciation	of	finance	lease	assets

Total depreciation 2019

2018

Cost	01.01

Additions

Disposals

Cost 31.12

Accumulated	depreciation	01.01

Depreciation/amortisation

Disposals

Accumulated depreciation 31.12

	(1	878)

 (4 174)

 (6 052)

 25 577 

	719	

	(450)

 25 846 

	(10	119)

 (2 266)

	428	

 (11 957)

	6	180	

	10	582	

 6 180 

 10 582 

 (2 415)

	(1	278)

	(2	597)

 (423)

 (3 693)

 (3 021)

	8	815	

	719	

	(450)

 9 084 

	(5	107)

 (564)

	428	

 (5 243)

Carrying amounts 31.12

 2 486 

 7 562 

 3 841 

 13 889 

Useful	life

Amortisation/depreciation	schedule

Up	to	3	years

Up	to	25	years

3-10	years

Straight-line

Straight-line

Straight-line

100

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
Note 4 Lease
The	new	IFRS	16	Leasing	standard	was	effective	from	1	January	2019.	The	
standard	will	significantly	change	how	the	company	accounts	for	its	lease	
contracts	for	land	and	building	currently	accounted	for	as	operating	leases.	
Virtually	all	leases	will	be	brought	into	the	balance	sheet	increasing	the	groups	
assets	and	liabilities,	in	addition	to	affecting	income	statement	figures.	

THE LEASE CONTRACTS 
The	company	has	leases	related	to	property	and	land.	The	main	part	of	the	
leasing	liability	refer	to	headquarter	and	parkingplaces.	The	external	lease	of	
headquarter	is	subleased	to	group	company.	The	right-of-use	assets	related	to	
internal	lease	of	the	company’s	location	in	Strandveien	20.	All	lease	contracts	
previously	were	reported	as	operating	leases.

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT APPROACH ON TRANSITION
Wilhelmsen	group	will	apply	IFRS	16	retrospectively	with	recognition	of	the	
cumulative	implementation	effect	recognised	at	the	date	of	initial	application	
1	January	2019.	By	doing	this,	comparative	financial	information	shall	not	be	
restated,	but	the	cumulative	effect	of	initially	applying	this	standard	shall	be	
reflected	as	an	adjustment	to	the	opening	balance.	At	the	time	of	transition,	
leases	entered	under	IAS	17	will	not	be	reassessed.

1	January	2019,	the	lease	liabilities	were	measured	at	the	present	value	of	
remaining	lease	payments,	discounted	using	the	incremental	borrowing	rate	at	
such	date.	The	right-of-use	assets	were	measured	at	an	amount	equal	to	the	
lease	liability.

The	standard	has	provided	options	on	scope	and	exemptions	and	below	the	
group’s	policy	choices	are	described:	 
•  The	standard	will	not	be	applied	to	leases	of	intangible	assets	and	these	will		
	 continue	to	be	recognized	in	accordance	with	IAS	38	Intangible	assets.		 
•  All	leases	deemed	short-term	by	the	standard	are	exempt	from	reporting. 
•  All	leases	deemed	to	be	of	low	value	by	the	standard	are	exempt	from	reporting. 
•  Non-lease	components	shall	be	separated	from	the	lease	agreements,	the		
	 company	applied	a	materiality	threshold	when	evaluating	separation.		

IMPLEMENTAION EFFECT 
Impact on equity
The	net	effect	on	implementation	of	IFRS	16	as	at	January	1,	2019	is	presented	
below.

NOK thousand

Note

Total

Lease	liability	at	1	January	2019

Deferred	income	related	to	house	agreement	(net	after	tax)	

Right-of-use	asset	at	1	January	2019

Sub	lease	group	companies

Difference between lease liability and right-of-use asset per January 1, 2019

Effect	from	prepayments	and	currency	translation

Equity at 1 January 2019

Reconciliation of lease commitment and lease liability

NOK thousand

Material	operating	lease	commitment	as	at	31	December	2018

Operating	lease	commitment	as	at	31	December	2018	(not	included	in	material	operating	lease	committment)

Option	periods	previously	reported	as	lease	commitments

Undiscounted	lease	liabililty

Effect	of	discounting	lease	commitment	to	net	present	value

Lease liability at 1 January 2019

Summary of the lease liabilities in the financial statements

At	initial	application	01.01.2019

Cash	payments	for	the	principal	portion	of	the	lease	liability

Cash	payments	for	the	interest	portion	of	the	lease	liability

Cash	repayments	for	the	interest	portion	of	the	sublease	receivable	

Interest	income	on	sublease	receivable

Interest	expense	on	lease	liabilities

Lease liability at 31. December 2019

Movement schedule for lease liability 

2019

Financial	lease	debt	

Repayment	current	year

Total financial lease debt 31.12

Non	current	lease	debt

Current	lease	debt

Total financial lease debt 31.12

The	property	and	parking	places	are	sub	leased	to	the	subsidiary	WilService	

10

Note

13

External 

	256	329	

 (34 136)

 222 193 

	184	901	

	37	292	

 222 193 

(256	329)

	(19	345)

	25	045	

231	284

 (19 345)

	(19	345)

 (19 345)

Total

	385	429	

2 663

	(103	608)

284	484

	(28	155)

256 329

256	329

 (34 136)

	(11	485)

	10	462	

	(10	462)

	11	485	

222 193

Total

256	329

(34 136)

222 193

184	901

37	292	

222 193

101

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note

Total

231	284

(30	802)

200 482

166	833

33	650

200 482

Note 

Property 

	25	045	

 25 045 

 (4 174)

 (4 174)

 20 871 

3

Cont. note 4 Lease

NOK thousand

Sub	lease	receivable	1.1.

Repayment	of	sub	lease	receivable	

Sub lease receivable 31.12

Non	current	sub	lease	receivable	

Current	sub	lease	receivable	

Total financial sub lease receivable 31.12

NOK thousand

2019

Right	of	use	assets	1.1.

Right of use assets cost 31.12

Depreciation

Accumulated depreciation 31.12

Carrying amounts 31.12

The	company	has	no	other	lease	contracts.	

102

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 5 Tax

NOK thousand

Allocation of tax income

Payable	tax/withholding	tax

Change	in	deferred	tax

Total tax income

Basis for tax computation

Profit	before	tax

22%	tax	(2018:	22%)	

Tax effect from

Net	permanent	differences

Withholding	tax

Change	in	different	tax	rate	

Current year calculated tax

Effective	tax	rate

Deferred tax asset/(liability)

Tax effect of temporary differences

Fixtures

Current	assets	and	liabilities

Non	current	liabilities	and	provisions	for	liabilities

Tax	losses	carried	forward

Deferred tax asset/(liability)

Deferred	tax	asset/(liability)	01.01

Charge	to	equity	(IFRS16	implementation)

Charge	to	equity	(tax	of	OCI)

Change	of	deferred	tax	through	income	statement

Deferred tax asset/(liability) 31.12

2019

2018

 (2 651)

	29	570	

 26 919 

 (2 436)

	40	702	

 38 265 

	446	348	

	98	197	

	320	866	

	73	799	

 (127 766)

	(115	409)

 2 651 

 2 436 

	907	

 (26 919)

 (38 265)

	820	

	(5	560)

	8	041	

	64	897	

 68 198 

	42	398	

 (5 456)

	1	686	

	29	570	

 68 198 

 713 

 (337)

 4 363 

	37	659	

 42 398 

 2 653 

	(956)

	40	702	

 42 398 

Note 6 Investments	in	subsidiaries	and	associates	
Investments	in	subsidiaries	and	associates	are	recorded	at	cost.	Where	a	reduction	in	the	value	of	shares	in	subsidiaries	or	associates	is	considered	to	be	
permanent	and	significant,	a	impairment	to	net	realisable	value	is	recorded.

NOK thousand

Associate

Business office country

Voting share/ 
ownership share

2019 
Book value

2018 
Book value

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	ASA

Lysaker,	Norway

37.8%

	1	130	964	

	1	130	964	

Subsidiaries

Treasure	ASA*

Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	AS

WilService	AS**

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	AS

Wilhelmsen	Accounting	Services	AS

WilNor	Governmental	Services	AS***

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Lysaker,	Norway

Wilhelmsen	GRC	Sdn	Bhd

Kuala	Lumpur,	Malaysia	

Total investments in subsidiaries and associates 

73.5%

	1	043	967	

	1	043	967	

100%

100%

100%

100%

51%

100%

	1	264	440	

	1	264	440	

	1	550	

	17	550	

	1	405	014	

	1	405	014	

 3 622 

	9	499	

	8	

 3 622 

	6	439	

	8	

 4 859 064 

 4 872 004 

*At	31.12.2019	Treasure	ASA	had	465	000	own	shares	(31.12.2018:	1	450	000	own	shares).
**Wilservice	AS:	Issue	of	new	share	capital	with	NOK	44	000	thousand	and	impairment	of	NOK	60	000	thousand	due	to	accumulated	loss.
***WilNor	Governmental	Services	AS:	Capital	increase	of	NOK	3	060	thousand.

103

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 7 Combined	items,	balance	sheet

NOK thousand

OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS

Sub	lease	to	group	company

Non	current	loan	group	companies	(subsidiary	and	associates)

Total other non current assets

Of which non current debitors falling due for payment later than one year:

Loans/	sublease	to	subsidiary	and	associates

Total other non current assets due after one year

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Group	Contribution	

Cash	pool	intercompany	receivables	

Other	current	assets

Current	loan	to	group	companies	(subsidiary	and	associates)	

Total other current assets

OTHER NON CURRENT LIABILITIES

Allocation	of	commitment

Total other non current liabilities

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Next	year's	instalment	on	interest-bearing	debt

Proposed	dividend

Cash	pool	intercompany	payables	

Other	current	liabilities

Total other current liabilities

Note

2019

2018

4

14/15

	166	833	

 166 833 

	27	000	

 27 000 

4/14/15

	166	833	

 166 833 

	27	000	

 27 000 

15

9/15

14/15

12

10

9/15

	200	000	

	300	000	

	26	053	

	8	752	

	14	007	

	85	760	

 234 805 

 399 768 

	1	548	

 1 548 

	34	350	

 34 350 

	200	000	

	89	160	

	119	548	

	19	974	

 428 682 

	200	000	

	116	010	

	32	181	

 348 190 

The	fair	value	of	current	receivables	and	payables	is	virtually	the	same	as	the	carried	amount,	since	the	effect	of	discounting	is	insignificant.
Lending	is	at	floating	rates	of	interest.	Fair	value	is	virtually	identical	with	the	carried	amount.	See	note	14.

Note 8 Current	financial	investments

NOK thousand

Market value asset management portfolio

Equities

Bonds

Other	financial	derivatives

Total current financial investments

2019

2018

	505	379	

	388	108	

	3	491	

 896 979 

366	707

393	522

1	002

761 231

The	fair	value	of	all	equity	securities,	bonds	and	other	financial	assets	is	based	on	their	closing	prices	in	an	active	market.

The	net	unrealised	gain	at	31.12

	83	988	

 32 714 

The	portfolio	of	financial	investments	is	held	as	collateral	within	a	securities’	finance	facility.	See	note	12.

104

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 9 Restricted	bank	deposits	and	undrawn	committed	drawing	rights

NOK thousand

Restricted bank deposits

Payroll	tax	withholding	account

2019

2018

 4 331 

The	parent	company	has	a	bank	guarantee	for	the	payroll	tax.	Per	31	December	2019	the	guarantee	amounted	to	NOK	7	000	thousand.

NOK thousand

Undrawn committed drawing rights

2019

2018

Undrawn	committed	drawing	rights	for	31	December

	1	118	318	

	1	000	149	

NOK thousand

Cash and cash equivalents

Banks

Total Cash and cash equivalents

2019

	205	737	

 205 737 

2018

	81	190	

 81 190 

WWH	ASA	has	during	2019	established	a	cash	pool	with	the	Norwegian	subsidiaries.	WWH	ASA	is	the	owner	of	the	cash	pool.	Bank	balances	in	subsidiaries	are	
presented	as	intercompany	receivable/	payable	in	the	parent	financial	statements.	The	cash	pool	covers	following	currencies;	NOK,	USD,	EUR,	SEK,	GBP,	JPY,	AUD	
and	DKK.	No	credit	line	related	to	the	cash	pool.

Note 10 Equity

NOK thousand

Current year's change in equity

Equity	31.12.2018

Implementation	of	IFRS16

Interim	dividend	paid

Proposed	dividend

Profit	for	the	year

Comprehensive	income	for	the	year

Purchase	of	own	shares	

Equity 31.12.2019

NOK thousand

2018 change in equity

Equity	31.12.2017

Interim	dividend	paid

Proposed	dividend

Profit	for	the	year

Comprehensive	income	for	the	year

Disposal	of	own	shares	

Equity 31.12.2018

Note

Share capital

Own shares

Retained earnings

Total

	928	076	

	4	845	902	

	5	773	979	

4

	19	345	

	(111	450)

	(89	160)

	473	268	

	(5	977)

	(227	599)

4 904 330

	19	345	

	(111	450)

(89	160)

	473	268	

	(5	977)

	(264	075)

5 795 930

 928 076 

 (36 476)

 (36 476)

Share capital

Own shares

Retained earnings

Total

	930	076	

	(2	000)

	4	692	238	

	5	620	314	

	(92	658)

	(116	010)

	359	131	

	3	200	

	(92	658)

	(116	010)

	359	131	

	3	200	

 4 845 902 

 5 773 979 

	(2	000)

 928 076 

	2	000	

 0 

At	31	December	2019	the	company’s	share	capital	comprises	34	657	092	
Class	A	shares	and	11	866	732	Class	B	shares,	totalling	46	403	824	shares	
with	a	nominal	value	of	NOK	20	each.	Class	B	shares	do	not	carry	a	vote	at	
the	general	meeting.	Otherwise,	each	share	confers	the	same	rights	in	the	
company.	

The	company	conducted	a	share	buyback	program	in	September	2019.	At	31	
December	2019	the	company	owns	a	total	of	1	823	824	own	shares,	split	on	
537	092	A-shares	and	1.286.732	B-shares.	The	total	purchase	price	of	these	
shares	was	NOK	264	075	125.	

Dividend 
The	proposed	dividend	for	fiscal	year	2019	is	NOK	2.00	per	share,	payable	
in	the	second	quarter	2020.	A	decision	on	this	proposal	will	be	taken	by	the	
annual	general	meeting	on	29	April	2020.	

Dividend	for	fiscal	year	2018	was	NOK	5.00	per	share,	where	NOK	2.50	per	share	
was	paid	in	May	2019	and	NOK	2.50	per	share	was	paid	in	November	2019.

Dividend	for	fiscal	year	2017	was	NOK	5.50	per	share,	where	NOK	3.50	per	share	
was	paid	in	May	2018	and	NOK	2.00	per	share	was	paid	in	November	2018.

105

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
Cont. note 10 Equity
The largest shareholders at 31 December 2019

Shareholders

Tallyman	AS

Folketrygdfondet

VPF	Nordea	Norge	Verdi

Citibank	Europe	plc

Pareto	Aksje	Norge	Verdipapirfond

J.	P.	Morgan	Bank	Luxembourg	S.A.

Stiftelsen	Tom	Wilhelmsen	

Nordea	Nordic	Small	Cap	Fund

UBS	Switzerland	AG	

Skagen	Vekst

State	Street	Bank	and	Trust	Comp

Clearsteam	Banking	S.A.	

Forsvarets	Personellservice

MP	Pensjon	PK

Euroclear	Bank	S.A./N.V.

VPF	Eika	Spar	

VPF	Nordea	Kapital

Eika	Norge	

Oslo	Pensjonsforsikring	AS	PM

VPF	Nordea	Avkastning

Other

Total number of shares

A shares

B shares

Total number 
of shares

% of 
total shares

% of 
voting stock

	20	784	730	

	2	281	044	

23	065	774

49.71%

60.18%

	1	228	081	

 733 146 

	268	394	

	537	092	

	1	084	140	

 563 125 

	363	010	

	389	620	

	370	400	

	593	349	

	126	875	

 512 436 

	478	064	

	464	800	

	79	965	

	253	604	

 326 424 

	319	329	

	108	461	

	1	558	818	

	1	286	732	

	642	349	

	598	049	

	387	330	

	285	227	

	236	000	

	415	630	

	5	190	

	193	

 276 636 

	101	000	

	2	920	

	312	281	

	181	978	

1	961	227

1	827	212

1	823	824

1	726	489

1 161 174

750	340

674	847

606	400

593	349

542	505

517 626

478	257

464	800

356	601

354	604

329	344

319	329

312	281

290	439

4.23%

3.94%

3.93%

3.72%

2.50%

1.62%

1.45%

1.31%

1.28%

1.17%

1.12%

1.03%

1.00%

0.77%

0.76%

0.71%

0.69%

0.67%

0.63%

3.56%

0.78%

1.56%

3.14%

1.63%

1.05%

1.13%

1.07%

1.72%

0.37%

1.48%

1.38%

1.35%

0.23%

0.73%

0.95%

0.92%

0.00%

0.31%

	5	685	193	

	2	562	209	

	8	247	402	

34 537 092

11 866 732

46 403 824

17.77%

100.00%

16.46%

100.00%

Shares on foreigners hands 
At	31	December	2019	-	4	692	307	(13.59%)	A	shares	and	2	749	662	(23.17%)	B	shares.
Corresponding	figures	at	31	December	2018	-	5	150	032	(14.11%)	A	shares	and	2	838	453	(23.92%)	B	shares.

106

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
Note 11 Pension
Description of the pension scheme 
The	company’s	defined	contribution	pension	schemes	for	Norwegian	employees 
are	with	financial	institute,	similar	solutions	with	different	investment	funds.	

The	company	has	“Ekstrapensjon”,	a	contribution	plan	for	all	Norwegian	
employees	with	salaries	exceeding12	times	the	Norwegian	National	Insurance	
base	amount	(G).	The	contribution	plan	replaced	the	company	obligations	
mainly	financed	from	operation.	

In	addition	the	company	has	agreements	on	early	retirement.	This	obligations	
are	mainly	financed	from	operations.

The	company	has	obligation	towards	one	employee	in	the	company’s	senior	
executive	management.	The	obligation	is	mainly	covered	via	group	annuity	
policies	in	Storebrand.

Pension	costs	and	obligations	includes	payroll	taxes.	No	provision	has	been	

made	for	payroll	tax	in	pension	plans	where	the	plan	assets	exceed	the	plan	
obligations.	

The	liability	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	in	respect	of	the	remaining	defined	
benefit	pension	plans	is	the	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	at	
the	end	of	the	reporting	period	less	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets.	The	defined	
benefit	obligations	are	calculated	annually	by	independent	actuaries	using	
the	projected	unit	credit	method.	The	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	
obligation	is	determined	by	discounting	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	
using	interest	rates	of	high-quality	corporate	bonds	that	are	denominated	in	
the	currency	in	which	the	benefits	will	be	paid,	and	that	have	terms	to	maturity	
approximating	to	the	terms	of	the	related	pension	obligation.	

Actuarial	gains	and	losses	arising	from	experience	adjustments	and	
changes	in	actuarial	assumptions	are	charged	or	credited	to	equity	in	other	
comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.

Number of people covered by pension schemes at 31.12

2019

2018

2019

2018

Funded

Unfunded

In	employment

On	retirement	(inclusive	disability	pensions)

Total	number	of	people	covered	by	pension	schemes

 1 

 1 

 1 

 2 

 3 

 4 

 4 

 4 

 4 

Financial assumptions for the pension calculations:

Discount	rate

Anticipated	pay	regulation

Anticipated	increase	in	National	Insurance	base	amount	(G)

Anticipated	regulation	of	pensions

Expenses

Commitments

2019

2018

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

2.70%

2.50%

2.50%

0.10%

2.30%

2.00%

2.00%

0.10%

2.30%

2.00%

2.00%

0.10%

2.70%

2.50%

2.50%

0.10%

Anticipated	pay	regulation	are	business	sector	specific,	influenced	by	
composition	of	employees	under	the	plans.	Anticipated	increase	in	G	is	tied	
up	to	the	anticipated	pay	regulations.	Anticipated	regulation	of	pensions	is	
determined	by	the	difference	between	return	on	assets	and	the	hurdle	rate.	

Actuarial	assumptions:	all	calculations	are	calculated	on	the	basis	of	the	K2013	
mortality	tariff.	The	disability	tariff	is	based	on	the	KU	table.

107

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019	
	
	
	
 
                  
2019

2018

Funded

Unfunded

Total

Funded

Unfunded

Total

 1 637 

	69	

 7 364 

 9 070 

 1 756 

	894	

	3	393	

	963	

 7 364 

 1 643 

 141 

	8	506	

 54 

 761 

	1	697	

	902	

	8	506	

 2 650 

 11 720 

 10 290 

 815 

 11 105 

2019

2018

 2 336 

	4	718	

	609	

 7 663 

	1	686	

 5 977 

 (4 647)

	2	492	

	(2	001)

 (4 156)

	(956)

 (3 200)

2019

2018

	89	256	

	3	393	

	2	258	

	(3	962)

	(34	039)

 2 336 

	4	718	

 63 960 

	48	400	

	1	294	

	2	022	

 (2 526)

	(34	039)

	(620)

	(609)

 13 922 

 7 663 

	(1	686)

 5 977 

	91	698	

	1	697	

	1	978	

	(3	962)

 (4 647)

	2	492	

 89 256 

	46	750	

	1	076	

	1	699	

 (2 526)

	(548)

	1	949	

 48 400 

	(4	103)

	903	

 (3 200)

Cont. note 11 Pension

NOK thousand

Pension expenses    

Service	cost

Net	interest	cost

Cost	of	defined	contribution	plan

Net pension expenses

NOK thousand

Remeasurements – Other comprehensive income

Effect	of	changes	in	financial	assumptions

Effect	of	experience	adjustments

(Return)	on	plan	assets	(excluding	interest	income)	

Gross remeasurement (gain) loss included in OCI

Tax	effect

Remeasurement (gain) loss recognised in OCI – net of tax

NOK thousand

Pension obligations

Defined	benefit	obligation	at	end	of	prior	year

Service	cost

Interest	expense

Benefit	payments	from	plan

Settlement	payments	from	plan	assets

Effect	of	changes	in	financial	assumptions	

Effect	of	experience	adjustments

Pension obligations 31.12

Fair value of plan assets

Fair	value	of	plan	assets	at	end	of	prior	year

Interest	income

Employer	contributions

Benefit	payments	from	plan

Settlement	payments	from	plan	assets

Administrative	expenses	paid	from	plan	assets

Return	on	plan	assets	(excluding	interest	income)

Gross pension assets 31.12

Other comprehensive income 

Gross	pension	other	comprehensive	income	

Tax	effect

Net equity effect

108

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 11 Pension

NOK thousand

Funded

Unfunded

Total

Funded

Unfunded

Total

2019

2018

Specification of funded and unfunded obligation

Service cost

Defined	benefit	obligation

Fair	value	of	plan	assets

Net liability

 1 637 

 23 644 

	13	922	

 9 722 

 1 756 

	40	316	

 40 316 

 3 393 

	63	960	

	13	922	

 50 038 

 1 643 

	51	730	

	48	400	

 3 330 

 54 

 37 526 

 37 526 

 1 697 

	89	256	

	48	400	

 40 856 

Premium	payments	in	2020	are	expected	to	be	NOK	8.1	million	(2019:	NOK	5.1	million).	Payments	from	operations	are	estimated	at	NOK	2.4	million	(2019:	NOK	2.2	million).

NOK thousand

Historical developments

Gross	pension	obligations,	including	payroll	tax

Gross	pension	assets

Net recorded pension obligations

Note 12 Interest-bearing	debt

NOK thousand

Interest-bearing debt 

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt

Repayment schedule for interest-bearing debt

Due	in	year	1

Total interest-bearing debt

Held as collateral within a securities’ finance facility

The	portfolio	of	financial	investments

31.12.2019

31.12.2018

	63	960	

	13	922	

 50 038 

	89	256	

	48	400	

 40 856 

2019

2018

200	000

200 000

200	000

200 000

200	000

200 000

200	000

200 000

	893	488	

 761 352 

The	parent	company	had	in	addition	undrawn	revolving	facilities	at	31	
December	2019.	The	parent	company’s	financing	arrangement	provides	for	
customary	financial	covenants	related	to	minimum	liquidity,	and	minimum	value	
adjusted	equity	ratio.	The	company	was	in	compliance	with	these	covenants	at	
31	December	2019	(analougue	for	31	December	2018).	

FINANCIAL RISK 
See	note	14	to	the	parent	accounts	and	note	19	to	the	group	accounts	
for	further	information	on	financial	risk,	and	note	18	to	the	group	accounts	
concerning	the	fair	value	of	interest-bearing	debt.	

Note 13 Operating	lease	commitments
The	company	has	a	sale	and	leaseback	agreement	for	the	office	building,	Strandveien	20.	The	lease	run	over	15	years	from	1	October	2009,	with	an	option	to	
extend	for	additional	5	years	+	5	years.	

The	lease	agreement	for	the	office	building	(including	storage	and	parking)	at	Strandveien	12,	was	terminated	in	February	2019.

The	operating	lease	commitments	are	from	1	January	a	part	of	IFRS	16	implementation.	See	Note	4.

NOK thousand

Due	in	year	1

Due	in	year	2

Due	in	year	3

Due	in	year	4

Due	in	year	5	and	later

Total expense related to operating leasing commitments

2018

	44	119	

 45 222 

 46 353 

 47 511 

	202	224	

 385 429 

109

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019	
 
 
 
	
Note 14 Financial	risk
CREDIT RISK 
Guarantees 
The	group’s	policy	is	that	the	parent	company	will	not	provide	any	financial	
guarantees.	

Quoted	market	prices	or	dealer	quotes	for	similar	instruments.	

The	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swaps	is	calculated	as	the	present	value	of	the	
estimated	future	cash	flows	based	on	observable	yield	curves.		

Cash and bank deposits 
The	parent’s	exposure	to	credit	risk	on	cash	and	bank	deposits	is	considered	
to	be	very	limited	as	the	parent	maintain	banking	relationships	with	a	selection	
of	banks	with	strong	credit	ratings.		

The	fair	value	of	interest	rate	swap	option	(swaption)	contracts	is	determined	
using	observable	yield	curve,	volatility	and	time-to-maturity	parameters	at	the	
balance	sheet	date,	resulting	in	a	swaption	premium.	

LIQUIDITY RISK 
The	parent’s	approach	to	managing	liquidity	is	to	ensure	sufficient	liquidity	to	
meet	its	liabilities,	under	both	normal	and	stressed	conditions,	without	incurring	
unacceptable	losses	or	risking	damage	to	the	parent	and	group’s	reputation.	

The	parent’s	liquidity	risk	is	considered	to	be	low	in	the	sense	that	it	holds	
significant	liquid	assets	in	addition	to	undrawn	credit	facilities.	

FAIR VALUE ESTIMATION  
The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	an	active	market	is	based	on	
quoted	market	prices	on	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	fair	value	of	financial	
instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	(over-the-counter	contracts)	are	
based	on	third	party	quotes.	Specific	valuation	techniques	used	to	value	
financial	instruments	include:	

The	fair	value	of	forward	foreign	exchange	contracts	is	determined	using	
forward	exchange	rates	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	with	the	resulting	value	
discounted	back	to	present	value.	 	
The	fair	value	of	foreign	exchange	option	contracts	is	determined	using	
observable	forward	exchange	rates,	volatility,	yield	curves	and	time-to-maturity	
parameters	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	resulting	in	an	option	premium.	 	

The	carrying	value	less	impairment	provision	of	receivables	and	payables	are	
assumed	to	approximate	their	fair	values.	The	fair	value	of	financial	liabilities	for	
disclosure	purposes	is	estimated	by	discounting	the	future	contractual	cash	
flows	at	the	current	market	interest	rate	that	is	available	to	the	company	for	
similar	financial	instruments.	

NOK thousand

2019

Interest-bearing debt 

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt 31.12

2018

Interest-bearing debt

Bank	loan

Total interest-bearing debt 31.12

Fair value

Carrying amount

	200	000	

 200 000 

	200	000	

 200 000 

	200	000	

 200 000 

	200	000	

 200 000 

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	traded	in	active	markets	is	based	on	
closing	prices	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	A	market	is	regarded	as	active	if	
quoted	prices	are	readily	and	regularly	available	from	an	exchange,	dealer,	
broker,	industry	group,	pricing	service,	or	regulatory	agency,	and	those	prices	
represent	actual	and	regularly	occurring	market	transactions	on	an	arm’s	
length	basis.	

The	price	used	for	valuation	of	financial	assets	held	by	the	group	is	the	closing	
price.	These	instruments	are	included	in	level	1.	Instruments	included	in	level	1	
at	the	end	of	2019	and	2018	are	investment	grade	bonds,	equities	and	listed	
financial	derivatives.

The	fair	value	of	financial	instruments	not	traded	in	an	active	market	is	
determined	by	using	valuation	techniques.	These	valuation	techniques	use	
observable	market	data	where	available	and	rely	as	little	as	possible	on	entity	
specific	estimates.	These	instruments	are	included	in	level	2.	Instruments	
included	in	level	2	are	FX	and	IR	derivatives.

If	one	or	more	of	significant	valuation	inputs	is	not	based	on	observable	market	
data,	the	instruments	are	included	in	level	3.

Total financial instruments and short term financial investments

NOK thousand

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total balance

Financial assets at fair value through income statement 2019

–	Bonds	

–	Equities	

–	Financial	derivatives

Total assets 31.12

Financial liabilities fair value through income statement 2019

–	Financial	derivatives	

Total liabilities 31.12

	388	108	

	505	379	

 893 488 

3	491

3 491

0

 0 

	388	108	

	505	379	

3	491

896 979

0

 0 

 0 

110

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
Cont. note 14 Financial	risk

NOK thousand

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total balance

Financial assets at fair value through income statement 2018

–	Bonds	

–	Equities	

Total assets 31.12

Financial liabilities fair value through income statement 2018

–	Financial	derivatives	

Total liabilities 31.12

	393	522	

	366	707	

 760 229 

 0 

	1	002	

 1 002 

 (13 113)

 (13 113)

 0 

 0 

Financial instruments by category

Assets

Sub	lease	receivable	non	current	

Current	financial	investments

Financial	derivatives	

Sub	lease	receivable	

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalent

Assets at 31.12.2019

Liabilities

Property	lease	liabilities	non	current	

Financial	derivatives

Current	interest-bearing	debt

Current	portion	of	property	lease	liabilities

Other	current	liabilities

Liabilities 31.12.2019

Assets

Other	non	current	assets

Current	financial	investments

Other	current	assets

Cash	and	cash	equivalent

Assets at 31.12.2018

Liabilities

Financial	derivatives

Current	interest-bearing	debt

Other	current	liabilities

Liabilities 31.12.2018

See	note	19	to	the	group	financial	statement	for	further	information	about	the	group	risk	factors.

	393	522	

	367	709	

 761 231 

 (13 113)

 (13 113)

Total

166	833

	893	488	

	3	491	

33	650

	234	805	

	205	737	

Total

184	901

	200	000	

37	292

228	682

650 875

Total

	27	000	

 761 352 

	399	768	

	81	190	

4

8

8

4

7

Note

4

8

7

4

7

Note

7

8

7

Note

7

7

7

 896 979 

1 538 003

Note

Financial assets at
 amortised cost

Fair value through
 income statement

	893	488	

	3	491	

166	833

33	650

	234	805	

	205	737	

641 024

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost

Fair value through
 income statement

184	901

	200	000	

37	292

	228	682	

650 875

0

Loans and 
receivables

Assets at fair 
value through the 
income statement

	27	000	

	399	768	

	81	190	

 507 958 

 761 352 

 761 352 

 1 269 309 

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost

Assets at fair 
value through the 
income statement

	200	000	

 143 775 

 343 775 

 13 113 

 13 113 

Total

 13 113 

	200	000	

 143 775 

 356 888 

111

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 15 Related	party	transaction
The	ultimate	owner	of	the	group	Wilh.Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	is	Tallyman	AS,	
which	control	about	60%	of	voting	shares	of	the	group.	The	ulimate	owners	of	

Tallyman	AS	are	the	Wilhelmsen	family	and	Mr	Wilhelm	Wilhelmsen	controls	
Tallyman	AS	at	31	December	2019.	

Shares owned or controlled by related party of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA at 31 December 2019

Name

A shares

B shares

Total

Part of 
total shares

Part of 
voting stock

Family	Wilhelm	Wilhelmsen

	20	880	114	

	2	302	444	

	23	182	558	

49.96%

60.46%

Wilhelm	Wilhelmsen	has	in	2019	received	remuneration	of	NOK	750	thousand	
(2018:	NOK	750	thousand)	in	consulting	fee	and	NOK	75	thousand	(2018:	NOK	
70	thousand)	in	nomination	committee	for	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA	and	
Treasure	ASA.	

WWH	ASA	delivers	services	to	other	group	companies,	primarily	human	
resources,	communication,	treasury	(“Shared	Services”).	

In	accordance	with	service	level	agreements,	WilService	AS	delivers	in-house	
services	such	as	canteen,	post,	switchboard	and	rent	of	office	facilities,	
Wilhelmsen	Accounting	Services	delivers	accounting	services	and	Maritime	
Services	delivers	IT	to	WWH.	Generally,	Shared	Services	are	priced	using	
a	cost	plus	5%	margin	calculation,	in	accordance	with	the	principles	set	
out	in	the	OECD	Transfer	Pricing	Guidelines	and	are	delivered	according	to	
agreements	that	are	renewed	annually.

NOK thousand

Note

2019

2018

OPERATING REVENUE FROM GROUP COMPANIES

WalWil	group

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Holding	and	Investments

Operating revenue from group companies

OPERATING EXPENSES TO GROUP COMPANIES

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Operating expenses to group companies

FINANCIAL INCOME FROM GROUP COMPANIES

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Financial income from group companies

FINANCIAL EXPENSES TO GROUP COMPANIES

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Financial expenses to group companies

ACCOUNT RECEIVABLES AND ACCOUNT PAYABLES WITH GROUP COMPANIES

Account	receivables

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Supply	Services	

Account receivables from group companies

Account payables

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Account payables to group companies

112

	3	283	

	13	681	

	4	499	

 147 

 21 611 

	(4	070)

	(9	387)

 (13 457)

	4	912	

	13	083	

	3	814	

 21 809 

 (3 547)

 (14 715)

 (18 262)

	300	002	

 243 673 

 543 674 

	425	000	

	49	860	

 474 860 

	(19)

	(2	498)

 (2 517)

 4 132 

	3	603	

 222 

 7 958 

	(196)

	(94)

 (290)

 0 

	9	406	

 1 333 

 272 

 11 010 

	(1	844)

 (1 844)

1

1

1

1

7

7

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 15 Related	party	transaction

NOK thousand

Cash pool receivables 

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Cash pool receivables from group company

Cash pool payables 

Maritime	Services	

Holding	and	Investments

Cash pool payables to group company

NON CURRENT LOAN TO GROUP COMPANIES

Holding	and	Investments

Non current loan to group companies

CURRENT LOAN TO GROUP COMPANIES

Holding	and	Investments

Current loan to group companies

NON CURRENT SUBLEASE TO GROUP COMPANIES 

Holding	&	Investment	-	Wilservice	AS	

Non current sublease to group companies

CURRENT SUBLEASE TO GROUP COMPANIES

Holding	and	Investments	-	Wilservice	AS	

Current sublease to group companies

Note

2019

2018

9

9

7

7

4

4

	18	836	

 7 217 

 26 053 

	(119	548)

 (119 548)

 0 

 0 

166	833

166 833

33	650

33 650

 0 

 0 

	27	000	

 27 000 

	85	760	

 85 760 

 0 

 0 

Note 16 Events	after	the	balance	sheet	date
The	recent	outbreak	of	Coronavirus	has	already	and	will	continue	to	affect	
economic	conditions	and	the	demand	for	the	groups	activities,	regionally	
as	well	as	globally	and	otherwise	impact	the	group’s	operations	and	the	
operations	of	the	group’s	customers,	suppliers	and	other	stakeholders

of	the	Coronavirus	outbreak	is	uncertain	at	this	time	and	the	impact	it	may	have	
on	the	group’s	future	operations	and	the	health	of	our	employees,	which	could	
be	material	and	adverse.

The	investments	int	the	parent	company	are	adversely	impacted	since	the	
market	value	of	financial	assets	are	dropped	significantly.	The	ultimate	severity	

No	other	material	events	occurred	between	the	balance	sheet	date	and	the	
date	when	the	accounts	were	presented	which	provide	new	information	about	
conditions	prevailing	on	the	balance	sheet	date.

113

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Note 17 Statement	on	the	remuneration	for	senior	executives
FRAMEWORK
The	statement	on	senior	executives’	remuneration	has	been	prepared	in	
accordance	with	the	Norwegian	Public	Limited	Liability	Companies	Act,	
the	Norwegian	Accounting	Act,	and	the	Norwegian	Code	of	Practice	and	
is	adopted	by	the	board.	It	includes	the	company’s	remuneration	policy,	an	
assessment	of	how	this	was	implemented	in	2019	and	guidelines	for	2020.	
The	policy	is	aligned	with	the	company’s	strategic	ambitions,	people	policy,	
and	performance-based	incentive	philosophy.	

For	the	fiscal	year	2019,	the	group	management	team	was	measured	on	return	
on	capital	employed	and	ability	to	facilitate	and	generate	cross-company	
business	development.	The	discretionary	element	was	individual	and	linked	
to	how	each	person	actively	contributed	to	cross	company	collaboration	and	
how	the	employee’s	performance	and	contribution	affected	the	group’s	ability	
to	reach	short-	and	long-term	targets.	The	group	management	team	did	not	
receive	full	payment	for	achievements	in	2019	(payable	in	2020).	For	the	other	
senior	executives,	pay-out	was	according	to	achieved	results.	

DEFINITION OF SENIOR EXECUTIVES
For	the	purpose	of	this	statement,	senior	executives	include	Thomas	
Wilhelmsen	(group	CEO),	Christian	Berg	(group	CFO),	Jan	Eyvin	Wang	(senior	
vice	president	industrial	investments),	Benedicte	Teigen	Gude	(senior	vice	
president	HR	and	communications),	Bjørge	Grimholt	(CEO	and	president	Ships 
Service),	Carl	Schou	(CEO	and	president	Ship	Management),	and	John	Stangeland 
(CEO	NorSea	Group).	Erik	Nyheim	(senior	vice	president	industrial	investments)	
was	part	of	the	senior	executives	until	May	2019,	when	he	left	the	group.

GENERAL PRINCIPLES 
The	board	sets	the	framework	for	remuneration	of	senior	executives	and	
believes	it	to	be	a	tool	to	retain	and	attract	required	leadership.	While	the	
board	sets	the	compensation	and	benefits	for	the	group	CEO,	remuneration	of	
other	senior	executives	is	determined	administratively	based	on	a	framework	
specified	by	the	board.	

Remuneration	shall	be	competitive,	but	not	market	leading,	in	the	relevant	
labour	market(s).	The	remuneration	level	should	be	fair	and	reflect	the	
complexity	and	responsibilities	of	each	role.	

The	total	remuneration	package	consists	of:
1)	 a	fixed	remuneration	(basic	salary),	
2)	 a	variable,	performance-based	remuneration	(short-	and	long-term	incentive	 
	 schemes),	and
3)	 benefits	in	kind	(newspapers,	mobile	phone,	broadband,	insurance,	and	car	 
	 salary).

Variable	payment	normally	requires	that	the	senior	executive	has	not	given	or	
been	given	notice.	Pending	reason	for	leaving	the	company	before	a	bonus	
pay-out,	a	proportionate	share	of	the	bonus	may	be	paid	out.	

FIXED REMUNERATION
The	main	element	of	the	remuneration	package	is	the	annual	base	salary.	

Fixed salary 2019
For	details	regarding	benefits	paid	in	2019,	see	note	6	to	group	accounts	and	
notes	on	page	61	and	note	2	to	parent	company	accounts	and	notes	on	page	
98,	which	also	includes	comparable	figures	from	2018.	The	salary	adjustments	
for	2019	where	within	the	frame	of	a	3%	increase	set	by	the	board.

Short-term bonus schemes for 2020
Given	the	group	structure,	the	board	has	decided	that	the	group	management	
team	will	be	measure	again	development	in	value	adjusted	equity	(VAE)	for	the	
fiscal	year	2020.	In	addition,	the	board	has	decided	that	the	bonus	will	depend	
on	the	team’s	ability	to	identify	business	opportunities	related	to	ESG	and	
identify	new	business	opportunities	for	the	group.	The	discretionary	element	
is	linked	to	the	ability	to	support	group	companies	in	their	value	creation,	
engagement	survey	results	and	how	each	team	members	acts	according	to	
group	values.	

There	are	not	changes	in	the	KPIs	for	other	senior	executives.	

LONG-TERM VARIABLE REMUNERATION 
The	senior	executives	(less	one)	participate	in	a	long-term	incentive	scheme.	
The	scheme,	which	starts	every	second	year	and	lasts	for	four	years,	aims	
to	increase	alignment	with	the	shareholders’	interests	and	how	senior	
executives	execute	strategy	and	create	value	for	the	group	and	the	company’s	
shareholders	over	time.	The	board	sets	criteria	for	each	programme	before	it	
starts,	and	they	last	for	the	whole	period	unless	significant	changes	happen	
which	deems	it	necessary	to	adjust.	In	case,	changes	will	be	disclosed.	

The	long-term	variable	remuneration	is	based	on	the	development	of	the	
group’s	VAE,	determined	using	a	sum-of-the-parts	method:	non-listed	
entities	are	valued	using	earnings	multiples	less	debt	and	minorities	or	at	net	
asset	value,	while	listed	entities	are	valued	at	market	price.	The	board	has	
also	reserved	the	right	to	look	at	economic	value	added	when	assessing	
performance.	

Even	though	the	criteria	and	requirements	under	this	programme	are	fulfilled,	
the	board	can,	if	WWH	has	severe	financial	constraints,	decide	that	no	
payments	will	be	made.	

For	the	group	CEO,	maximum	payment	is	100%	of	base	salary.	For	the	
remaining,	the	maximum	payment	is	50%	of	base	salary.	

Long-term bonus pay-out in 2019
The	long-term	bonus	scheme,	which	ran	from	2015-2018,	did	not	result	in	any	
pay-out	(payable	in	2019).	

The	board	conducted	a	salary	review	of	senior	executives	in	2019.	The	review	
showed	that	most	positions	were	at	acceptable	levels.

The	group	currently	has	two	four-year	programmes	running,	one	from	2017-
2020,	with	potential	pay-out	in	2021,	and	one	from	2019-2022,	with	potential	
pay-out	in	2023.	

SHORT-TERM VARIABLE REMUNERATION 
The	total	reward	package	includes	an	annual	variable	pay	scheme	which	
intends	to	emphasise	the	link	between	pay	and	performance.	It	aligns	the	
senior	executives	with	relevant,	clear	targets	derived	from	the	group’s	long-
term	strategy.	The	variable	pay	scheme	includes	financial	targets,	and/or	
individual	and	team	targets	and/or	discretionary	elements	linked	to	ability	to	live	
the	group’s	values,	create	cross-company	collaboration	and/or	delivered	on	
value	creation	plan	developed	for	each	group	entity.	

Maximum	opportunity	for	short-term	bonus	is	capped	at	four	to	six	months’	
salary,	depending	on	role.	A	prerequisite	for	paying	out	any	bonus	is	that	
WWH	group	has	positive	total	comprehensive	income	(net	profit	plus	other	
compressive	income	less	minorities).	To	receive	full	bonus,	the	achievement	
needs	to	exceed	set	targets.	In	addition,	each	KPI	includes	a	threshold	for	
payment.	If	the	company	has	severe	financial	constraints,	the	board	can	decide	
that	no	payments	will	be	made.

Short-term bonus pay-out for 2019
There	was	no	short-term	bonus	pay-out	for	the	group	management	team	
(Wilhelmsen,	Berg,	Wang,	and	Teigen	Gude)	in	2019,	based	on	performance	in	
2018.	The	other	senior	executives	(Grimholt,	Schou,	and	Stangeland)	received	
bonus	based	on	their	agreements.	

PENSION SCHEME
The	company	offers	pension	benefits	for	senior	executives	aligned	with	local	
markets.	The	scheme	includes	coverage	for	old	age,	disability,	spouse	and	
children,	and	supplement	payments	from	the	Norwegian	National	Insurance	
system.	

Senior	executives	are	part	of	a	collective	agreement,	which	includes	a	
contribution	of	7%	for	salary	up	to	7.1G	and	22%	for	salary	between	7.1-12G.	
Senior	executives	(less	one)	have	an	extra	pension	for	salary	above	12G.	
Pension	obligations	related	to	salary	above	12G	and	the	option	to	take	early	
retirement	are	insured	in	the	case	of	group	CEO.	The	group	CEO	has	the	right	
to	a	life-long	contribution	constituting	50%	of	his	annual	salary	retirement	
above	12G.	The	group	CFO	has	an	agreement	to	retire	at	the	age	of	67,	with	
a	gross	compensation	equal	to	60%	of	base	salary	to	the	age	of	70.	The	
presidents	for	Ships	Service	and	Ship	Management	have	a	defined	benefit	plan	
for	salary	exceeding	12G	financed	through	operations.

SEVERANCE PACKAGE SCHEME
The	group	CEO	has	a	severance	pay	guarantee	including	100%	of	his	
annual	salary	for	24	months	after	leaving	the	company	because	of	mergers,	
substantial	changes	in	ownership,	or	if	deemed	necessary	by	the	board.	After	
six	months’	notice	period,	possible	income	during	the	severance	pay	period	will	
be	deducted	by	up	to	50%.	

114

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Cont. note 17 Statement	on	the	remuneration	for	senior	executives
The	other	senior	executives	(less	one)	also	have	arrangements	for	severance	
payment	beyond	the	redundancy	period	(in	total	18	months).	After	six	months’	
notice	period,	possible	income	during	the	severance	pay	period	will	be	
deducted	by	up	to	50%.	The	last	senior	executive	has	a	six	months’	notice	
period	but	is	not	entitled	to	a	severance	package.	

triggering	their	own	notice,	being	guilty	of	gross	misconduct,	gross	negligence,	
disloyalty	or	other	material	breach	of	his/her	duties.

SENIOR EXECUTIVES ON INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL BOARDS
Any	board	compensation	from	company	boards	or	boards	where	the	group	
has	an	ownership	stake	will	be	deducted	from	short-term	variable	pay	from	
the	group.

Entitlement	to	severance	payment	is	conditional	on	the	senior	executive	not	

115

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Auditor’s report

To the General Meeting of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial statements of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, which comprise: 

•  The financial statements of the parent company Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (the 

Company), which comprise the balance sheet as at 31 December 2019, the income statement, 
comprehensive income and cash flow statement for the year then ended, and notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and 

•  The consolidated financial statements of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA and its subsidiaries 

(the Group), which comprise the balance sheet as at 31 December 2019, the income statement, 
comprehensive income and cash flow statement for the year then ended, and notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. 

In our opinion: 

•  The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the law and regulations. 

•  The accompanying financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the 
Company as at 31 December 2019, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the year 
then ended in accordance with simplified application of international accounting standards 
according to section 3-9 of the Norwegian Accounting Act. 

•  The accompanying consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial 

position of the Group as at 31 December 2019, and its financial performance and its cash flows 
for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the EU. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with laws, regulations, and auditing standards and practices 
generally accepted in Norway, including International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the 
Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company and the 
Group as required by laws and regulations, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers AS, Dronning Eufemias gate 71, Postboks 748 Sentrum, NO-0106 Oslo 
T: 02316, org. no.: 987 009 713 VAT, www.pwc.no 
State authorised public accountants, members of The Norwegian Institute of Public Accountants, and authorised 
accounting firm 

116

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s report

 Independent Auditor's Report - Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

Key Audit Matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.  

The Groups business operations, who continue to evolve due to ongoing improvement projects, are 
largely the same as last year. We have not identified regulatory changes, transactions or other events 
that qualified as new Key Audit Matters for this year’s audit. The area Revenue from contracts with 
customers contained the same characteristics and risks as last year, and have consequently been in our 
focus also in 2019. 

Key Audit Matter 

How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter 

Revenue from contracts with customers 

This has been an area of focus for the audit 
due to the amounts involved. Revenue 
from contracts with customers in the 
Maritime Services and Supply Services 
segments was USD 579 million and USD 
251 million respectively for the year ended 
December 31, 2019. 

Further, there is an inherent risk of errors 
when a business handles multiple revenue 
streams, where each of them consists of 
large numbers of transactions that adds up 
to material amounts. The inherent risk of 
errors increases from the complexity that 
sometimes accompany the requirements 
for management to use judgement, 
particularly to determine the transaction 
price and to decide when performance 
obligations are satisfied.  

Furthermore, we focused on 
management’s assessment of certain 
contracts where judgements were an 
integral part of the assessment of whether 
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA acts as the 
agent or the principal.  

We refer to note 3 Revenue, where 
management explain the various revenue 
streams and how they are accounted for 
under IFRS 15 - Revenue from contracts 
with customers and IFRS 16 - Leases. 
Here, management also explains the 

We obtained and studied managements’ accounting 
policy to assess it against relevant IFRSs. We discussed 
with management how the specific requirements of the 
standards, in particular IFRS 15 – Revenue from 
contracts with customers, were met. We found that we 
were able to agree with management about their 
accounting policies and that their assessments were 
reasonable. 

To assess the accuracy of their practices, we tested, on a 
sample basis, each revenue stream towards information 
such as contract terms, invoices and bank payments. We 
found that the revenue was recorded accurate and in 
accordance with the underlying documentation. 

Further, to assess the determined transaction prices, we 
obtained an understanding of the price for services and 
products, including discounts and customer bonus 
through interviews with management, walkthroughs and 
review of process descriptions. In addition, we obtained 
and read a selection of customer contracts to understand 
whether the determined prices were in accordance with 
the contract terms. We found no significant deviations in 
management's assessments. 

Through interviews with management and review of a 
selection of sales documentation such as customer 
contracts and invoices; we obtained an understanding of 
the assumptions management assessed to decide on 
when the performance obligations were satisfied. We 
concluded that management’s assumptions were 
reasonable. 

(2) 

117

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s report

 Independent Auditor's Report - Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

different performance obligations, 
measurement of the transaction price and 
whether income should be recognized net 
or gross. 

To assess whether the accounting should reflect whether 
the company acted as an agent or a principal, we 
obtained and read a selection of contracts. We 
considered the specific contract terms, and held them up 
against the requirements in IFRS 15 and discussed with 
management and challenged their assessment. The 
accounting is arranged to reflect that Wilh. Wilhelmsen 
Holding ASA is an agent. We found management’s 
judgements to be appropriate.  

We compared the related disclosures in note 3 to the 
financial statements for the Group to the requirements of 
the applicable financial reporting framework, IFRS. We 
found that the disclosure appropriately explained the 
revenue from contracts with customers and lease 
revenue. 

Other information 

Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises information in 
the annual report, except the financial statements and our auditor's report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with 
the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing Director for the 
Financial Statements 

The Board of Directors and the Managing Director (Management) are responsible for the preparation 
in accordance with law and regulations, including fair presentation of the financial statements of the 
Company in accordance with simplified application of international accounting standards according to 
the Norwegian Accounting Act section 3-9, and for the preparation and fair presentation of the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the EU, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.  

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s and the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to 
liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

(3) 

118

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s report

 Independent Auditor's Report - Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with laws, regulations, and auditing standards and practices 
generally accepted in Norway, including ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements. 

As part of an audit in accordance with laws, regulations, and auditing standards and practices 
generally accepted in Norway, including ISAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain 
professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

• 

identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due 
to fraud or error. We design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and 
obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The 
risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  

•  obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's or the Group's internal control. 

• 

• 

evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by management. 

conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company and the Group's ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required 
to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements 
or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the 
audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or 
conditions may cause the Company and the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. 

• 

evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including 
the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions 
and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

•  obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities 
or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group 
audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the Board of Directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and 
timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit. 

(4) 

119

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s report

 Independent Auditor's Report - Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA 

We also provide the Board of Directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related 
safeguards. 

From the matters communicated with the Board of Directors, we determine those matters that were of 
most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are therefore the 
key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes 
public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a 
matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements 

Opinion on the Board of Directors’ report 

Based on our audit of the financial statements as described above, it is our opinion that the 
information presented in the Board of Directors’ report and in the reports on Corporate Governance 
and Sustainability concerning the financial statements, the going concern assumption and the 
proposed allocation of the result is consistent with the financial statements and complies with the law 
and regulations. 

Opinion on Registration and Documentation 

Based on our audit of the financial statements as described above, and control procedures we have 
considered necessary in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements 
(ISAE) 3000, Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial 
Information, it is our opinion that management has fulfilled its duty to produce a proper and clearly 
set out registration and documentation of the Company’s accounting information in accordance with 
the law and bookkeeping standards and practices generally accepted in Norway. 

Oslo, 31 March 2020 
PricewaterhouseCoopers AS 

Thomas Fraurud 
State Authorised Public Accountant 

(5) 

120

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Responsibility statement
We	confirm,	to	the	best	of	our	knowledge,	that	the	financial	statements	for	the	
period	1	January	to	31	December	2019	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	
with	current	applicable	accounting	standards	and	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	
the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	profit	for	the	entity	and	the	group	
taken	as	a	whole.	

We	also	confirm	that	the	Board	of	Directors’	Report	includes	a	true	and	fair	
review	of	the	development	and	performance	of	the	business	and	the	position	
of	the	entity	and	the	group,	together	with	a	description	of	the	principal	risks	and	
uncertainties	facing	the	entity	and	the	group.

Lysaker,	31	March	2020
The	board	of	directors	of	Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	ASA

Diderik	Schnitler
chair

Trond	Westlie

Carl	Erik	Steen

	Irene	Waage	Basili

Thomas	Wilhelmsen
group	CEO

121

Parent companyAccounts and notesWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Renewable 
energy

The global energy transition offers significant challenges to the 
established energy sector and considerable growth opportunities in the 
renewable energy market. Our approach is to support our customers 
and partners in their energy transition, growing our presence in the 
offshore wind sector, and supporting the growth of renewable fuels 
including at our own sites. Our work to have zero emission terminals 
for the offshore industry combined with our technical services for 
the offshore wind sector through NorSea Wind, are indications of our 
growing presence in the renewable energy sector. We are also working 
with partners on the Topeka project to bring hydrogen fuel to market 
for shipping.

5
Corporate
governance

Corporate governance

A	summary	of	the	corporate	governance	report	for	2019

Corporate governance comply or explain overview

Section

Topic

Deviation

Reference	in	this	report

01.

02.

03.

04.

05.

Implementation	and	reporting	on	corporate	governance

Business

Equity	and	dividends

Equal	treatment	of	shareholders	and	transactions	with	close	
associates

Shares	and	negotiability

None

None

None

None

None

06.

General	meetings

There	is	no	requirement	for	the	full	board	to	attend	
the	general	meeting,	and	the	board	chair	opens	
and	directs	the	meeting

07.

08.

09.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Nomination	committee

None

Board	of	directors:	composition	and	independence

The	board	chooses	its	own	chair

The	work	of	the	board	of	directors

The	full	board	serves	as	audit	committee

Risk	management	and	internal	control

Remuneration	of	the	board	of	directors

Remuneration	of	executive	personnel

Information	and	communications

Take-overs

Auditor

None

None

None

None

None

None

Page	127

Page	127

Page	127

Page	128

Page	128

Page	128

Page	129

Page	129

Page	130

Page	130

Page	131

Page	131

Page	131

Page	131

Page	131

Reducing risk 
and improving 
accountability

We, as the board of Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding 
ASA, are responsible for ensuring that the 
company is directed and controlled in an 
appropriate and satisfactory manner according 
to existing laws and regulations. 

The Corporate governance report for 2019 is, 
amongst others, based on the requirements 
of the Norwegian Accounting Act and the 
recommendations of the Norwegian Code of 
Practice for Corporate Governance. 

We believe sound corporate governance is 
important because it:
• reduces risk
• contributes to the greatest possible value  
  creation over time in the best interests of the  
  company’s shareholders, employees and  
  other stakeholders
• ensures fair treatment of all our stakeholders
• ensures easy access to timely, accurate and  
  relevant information about the company’s  
  business
• strengthens the confidence in the company  
  and increases the company’s attractiveness.

We, as the board, assess the company’s 
corporate governance to be of high standard, 
and discussed and approved the report on 
31 March 2020. All the directors were present at 
the meeting.

Diderik	Schnitler
Chair	of	the	board

126

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019The board’s
corporate 
governance 
report for 
2019

1. Implementation and reporting on corporate 
governance
Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA (Wilhelmsen) 
is a public limited company organised under 
Norwegian law. Listed on a regulated market 
(Oslo Børs), the company is subject to general 
Norwegian securities’ legislation and Oslo 
Børs’ regulations.

This corporate governance report follows the 
requirements of the Norwegian Accounting 
Act (§3-3b) and the recommendations in the 
Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate 
Governance (Code of Practice, dated 17 
October 2018). The Code of Practice includes 
provisions and guidance that in part elaborate 
on existing legislation and in part cover areas 
not addressed by legislation. The structure of 
this report is aligned with the structure of the 
Code of Practice.

The corporate governance report is published 
as part of the company’s annual report and 
available on the company’s website.

Comply or explain principle
The corporate governance report follows 
the “comply and explain” principles. Where 
Wilhelmsen does not fully comply with the 
Code of Practice, an explanation of the reason 
for the deviation and what solution the 
company has selected has been included.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

2. Business 
Business activities
According to Wilhelmsen’s Articles of 
association, the company’s objective is 
to engage in shipping, maritime services, 
aviation, industry, commerce, finance business, 
brokerage, agencies and forwarding, to own or 
manage real estate, and to run business related 
thereto or associated therewith. While present 
business activities mainly are within maritime 
services, shipping and related logistics services, 
the board finds it appropriate to maintain a 
broad objective to allow for a wider range of 
activities and investments.

Strategy and risk
The board has a yearly strategy review of 
the business portfolio and the ownership 
strategy for main activities and investments, 
supplemented by selective business reviews 
on a regular basis.

The board further evaluate the risk profile on a 
quarterly basis.

risk review is included in the directors’ report 
for 2019.

Stakeholder interests
Wilhelmsen is in regular dialogue with key 
stakeholders engaged in issues relating to 
the maritime industry and the corporate 
activities of the group. A description of 
various stakeholder interests and how this 
may impact Wilhelmsen is described in the 
group’s sustainability report available on the 
company’s website.  

Sustainable business model
A responsible business model is necessary 
to be sustainable. Acknowledging that the 
company’s activities affect its surroundings, 
the company issues an annual Sustainability 
report. The report is based on the requirements 
stated in the GRI Sustainability Reporting 
Standards (GRI Standards) and the ten 
principles of the UN Global Compact.

The Sustainability report describes how 
Wilhelmsen combines long-term profitability 
with emphasis on ethical business conduct 
including respect for human rights, the 
natural environment and the societies in 
which the company operates. The report 
includes how the company addresses 
employee rights and working environment, 
human rights, health and safety issues, 
the external environment, prevention of 
corruption and how the company contributes 
to communities in which it operates.

The report, which also describes how the 
company actively contributes to reaching the 
Sustainable Development Goals, is available 
on the company’s website.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

3. Equity and dividends
Capital structure
The board considers it appropriate for the 
parent company to maintain a low debt 
profile, with group business activities 
primarily financed on a non-recourse basis by 
the relevant subsidiary. This is consistent with 
the holding nature of the parent company.

Dividend
The dividend policy states that “the goal is to 
provide shareholders with a high return over 
time through a combination of value creation 
for the company’s shares and payment of 
dividend. The objective is to have consistent 
yearly dividend paid twice annually”.

A summary of the strategic direction and a 

Wilhelmsen has a history of paying dividend 

127

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019twice a year, with total consideration varying 
between NOK 5.00 and NOK 5.50 per share for 
the five-year period 2015-19. The first dividend 
has varied been NOK 2.50 and NOK 3.50 per 
share, while the second dividend has been 
between NOK 1.50 and NOK 2.50 per share. 
In 2019, the company paid a total dividend 
of NOK 5.00 per share, evenly split with NOK 
2.50 as both first and second dividend.

The board is proposing to the annual 
shareholder meeting scheduled for 29 April 
2020 a dividend of NOK 2.00.

Mandate to increase share capital 
or purchase own shares
At the 30 April 2019 annual general meeting, 
the board proposed and was granted an 
authorisation to acquire shares in the 
company with a nominal value of up to NOK 
92 807 648, equivalent to 10% of the current 
share capital. The reason for the proposal 
was that it enables the adjustment of capital 
structure and balance to the company’s needs, 
as framework conditions for the industry 
change.

In line with the authorisation granted by 
the annual general meeting, the company 
conducted a share buyback program during 
the period 24-26 September 2019. Following 
completion of the program, Wilh. Wilhelmsen 
Holding ASA owns a total of 1 823 829 own 
shares, split on 537 097 A-shares and 1 286 732 
B-shares. This is equivalent to 3.93% of the 
total number of shares in the company.

The board has made a proposal to the next 
annual general meeting to be held on 29 April 
2020 for a new mandate to buy up to 10% of 
the company’s shares, valid for one year.  

The board has not requested, and the general 
meeting has as such not granted, any board 
mandate to increase the company’s share 
capital.

Deviations from the code: None

4. Equal treatment of shareholders 
and transactions with close associates
Transactions in own shares
Any transactions the company carries out in 
its own shares are carried out through 
the stock exchange and at prevailing stock 
exchange prices, or in such other ways 
which will ensure equal treatment of all 
shareholders.

Transaction with close associates
Any transactions taking place between a 

principal shareholder or close associates and 
the company will apply prices and other terms 
and conditions common for such agreements. 
A similar principle is used for transactions 
between companies within the group. In the 
event of material transactions, the company 
will seek independent valuation. Relevant 
transactions will be publicly disclosed to seek 
transparency. The board instruction includes 
procedures for how to handle any situations 
where a board member has a personal or 
financial interest related to a board matter.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

5. Freely negotiable shares
Listed on the Oslo Børs with the tickers “WWI” 
and “WWIB” for the Class A and Class B shares 
respectively, all shares are freely negotiable. 
There are no restrictions on negotiability in 
the company’s Articles of associations. 

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

6. General meetings
Matters to be dealt with and decided by the 
annual general meeting and procedures 
related to general meetings are outlined in 
article 8 of the Articles of associations.
The annual general meeting is normally 
held late April or early May. In addition, 
extraordinary general meetings may be 
convened if required.

Shareholders with Norwegian VPS accounts 
or known addresses are notified electronically 
through the Norwegian VPS system or by 
mail no later than 21 days prior to a general 
meeting.

Proposed resolutions, together with relevant 
supporting documents are published on the 
Wilhelmsen website no later than 21 days 
prior to the general meeting. For annual 
general meetings, this include the annual 
report (including directors report, annual 
accounts and the auditor’s report), statement 
on the remuneration for senior executives, 
statement on corporate governance, and the 
nomination committee report. Shareholders 
may, upon request, receive hard copies of the 
material.

Shareholders may attend the general meeting 
in person, nominate a proxy, or vote in 
advance. The vote may be through electronic 
communication. The attendance form, proxy 
nomination, or advance vote must be received 
by the company’s registrar no later than two 
working days before the meeting takes place. 
As a general rule, shareholders may vote on 

128

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019each individual matter, including individual 
candidates nominated for election.

The board chair, nomination committee 
chair, group CEO, group CFO, and auditor will 
normally attend the annual general meeting, 
together with other members of the board 
and management if available. There is no 
requirement for the full board to attend a 
general meeting.

The board chair opens and directs the general 
meeting in accordance with Article 8 of the 
Articles of association.

8. Board of directors: composition 
and independence
According to article 5 of the Articles of 
association, the company’s board is made 
up of five to seven members and up to three 
deputy members. It chooses its own chair.

The composition of the board is made to 
ensure it meets the company’s need for 
expertise, capacity and diversity. Focus is 
also on ensuring that the board can function 
effectively as a collegiate body. Information 
on the background and experience of the 
individual board members are available on the 
company’s website. 

The minutes of general meetings are 
published on the Oslo Børs news service and 
available on the company’s website.

During 2019, the board consisted of the 
following members: 

Deviations from the Code of Practice: There is 
no requirement for the full board to attend the 
general meeting, and the board chair opens 
and directs the meeting

7. Nomination committee
The work of the Wilhelmsen nomination 
committee follows the “Guidelines for the 
nomination committee” approved by the 
general meeting on 30 April 2019.

During 2019, the nomination committee 
consisted of the following members:

Nomination 
committee member

Wilhelm Wilhelmsen 
(chair)

Elected

Period Elected to

26.04.2018

2 years

2020

Jan Gunnar Hartvig

26.04.2018

2 years

2020

Frederik Selvaag

26.04.2018

2 years

2020

Wilhelm Wilhelmsen served as chair of the 
committee until he passed away on 22 February 
2020. He was related to the group CEO and also 
acted as an advisor to the board.

As part of the nomination process, the 
committee has contact with relevant 
stakeholders. Input and proposals to the 
nomination committee may also be sent to the 
nomination committee secretary, with contact 
details available on the company website.

The nomination committee provides its 
recommendation to the annual general meeting 
in form of a report, which among other 
includes justification of individual candidates.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

Board member

Last time elected

Period

Elected to

Diderik Schnitler (chair)

30.04.2019*

2 years

2019/21

Irene Waage Basili

26.04.2018

2 years

2020

Carl Erik Steen

30.04.2019*

2 years

2019/21

Trond Westli

26.04.2018

2 years

2020

Cathrine Løvenskiold Wilhelmsen**

30.04.2019*

2 years

2019/21

*   Re-elected at the 30.04.2019 annual general meeting
** Resigned from the board 07.02.2020

The board does not include executive 
employees, and all board members are 
independent of the executive management. 
Cathrine Løvenskiold Wilhelmsen is related 
to the Wilhelmsen family, which through 
Tallyman AS is the main shareholder group 
of the company. All other board members are 
independent of the main shareholder group.

The group CEO and group CFO are normally 
present at board meetings, as is other 
executives depending on agenda and issues to 
be discussed.

The board instruction encourages board 
members to own shares in the company.

Following Cathrine L Wilhelmsen’s 
resignation from the board on 7 February 
2020, the board does not have the minimum 
required members as stated in the Articles 
of association and does not have the 
minimum required gender composition. After 
consultation with legal advisors and Oslo 
Børs, it has been concluded that the remaining 
board will be able to conduct its duties until 

129

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019election of new board members can take place 
at the annual general meeting scheduled for 
29 April.  

Deviations from the Code of Practice: The board 
chooses its own chair

9. The work of the board of directors
Board instruction and work of the board
The board has issued instructions for its 
own work. The instruction reflects the role, 
responsibilities, and work procedures of the 
board as laid down in the Norwegian Public 
Companies Act. This includes procedures for 
how to handle any situations where a board 
member has a personal or financial interest 
related to a board matter.

An evaluation of the board performance and 
expertise is conducted on an annual basis. 
A summary of the evaluation is provided as 
input to the nomination committee.

During 2019, the board held eight meetings, 
in addition to a full day strategy session and a 
two-day board tour.

According to article 5 of the Articles of 
association, “the full board shall jointly 
serve as the company’s audit committee.” 
As the Wilhelmsen board consists of five 
members, this is regarded the most effective 
solution. For the same reason, the board has 
not deemed it desirable to have a separate 
remuneration committee, nor other separate 
committees to follow up on specific issues.

Executive committee for industrial democracy
Wilhelmsen maintains an executive 
committee for industrial democracy in 
foreign trade shipping (“Rederistyret”), 
securing the interest of the employees related 
to the board. The committee meet prior to a 
corresponding board meeting.

The present committee consists of seven 
members, elected for a period of four years 
from 2018. Five members were elected by 
and among the employees and two were 
appointed by the management. Each 
employee representative has a personal 
deputy, and the management representatives 
have a joint deputy. One of the management 
representatives is the group CEO. During 2019, 
one member and one deputy member left 
the group with one deputy member position 
remaining vacant by end of 2019.

During 2019, the committee held four 
meetings. 

Executive management instructions
The duties, responsibilities and authority 
of the group CEO follows instructions made 
by the board and the Norwegian Public 
Companies Act. The instructions made by the 
board also include authorities given to other 
executive employees.

The executive management of the 
Wilhelmsen group includes a group 
management team and the board and 
management of subsidiaries. Members 
of the group management team chairs or 
sits on the board of main subsidiaries and 
companies where Wilhelmsen has material 
ownership interests and/or a shareholder 
agreement which defines board composition. 
Management of subsidiaries are based on the 
Wilhelmsen group policies and governance 
principles.  

Deviations from the Code of Practice: The full 
board serve as audit committee

10. Risk management and internal control
The board believes that the company’s 
internal control and risk management are 
sound and appropriate given the extent and 
nature of the company’s activities. The system 
contributes to sound control characterised by 
integrity and ethical attitudes throughout the 
organisation.

Governing documents, the code of conduct, 
policies, policy descriptions and procedures 
are documented and electronically available 
to the company’s employees through the 
company’s global integrated management 
system. Various internal control activities 
give management assurance that the internal 
control of financial systems, group policies 
and subsidiary boards are working adequately 
and according to management’s expectations.

The group has a global whistleblowing system 
including procedures and channels for giving 
notice to the company about potential non-
compliance. The whistleblowing channel is 
available for internal and external parties.

The board reviews the company’s risk matrix 
on a quarterly basis and the internal control 
arrangements at least once a year.

Financial reporting
Financial reporting is covered by the 
company’s policies, policy descriptions, and 
procedures. Financial statements are prepared 
monthly, and Wilhelmsen reports to the 
market on a quarterly basis.

130

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019The board performs an internal financial audit 
review prior to the release of quarterly results, 
and when otherwise deemed required.

including among other financial information, 
governing elements and company news.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

14. Takeovers
The board has established a guideline for how 
it will act in the event of a take-over bid. The 
guidelines follow in all material aspects the 
recommendations outlined in the Code of 
Practice.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

15. Auditor
The auditor for Wilhelmsen is 
PricewaterhouseCoopers AS. 

The key features of the external audit plan 
are reviewed by the board on an annual basis, 
with the auditor being present if deemed 
required.

The auditor is also invited to attend the 
meeting where the board deals with the 
annual accounts (preliminary and/or final 
accounts), and at other occasions where the 
board so requests.

Finally, the board has a yearly meeting 
with the auditor without the presence of 
management.

The board has established the principle that 
use of the auditor for services other than audit 
shall be limited.

The fee to external auditors, broken down by 
statutory work, other assurance services, tax 
services, and other assistance, is specified in 
note 6 to the Wilhelmsen group accounts and 
note 2 to the parent company accounts.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

11. Remuneration of the board of directors 
Remuneration of directors is determined 
by the annual general meeting and is not 
dependent upon the company’s results. The 
fee reflects the responsibilities of the board, 
its expertise, the amount of time devoted to 
its work and the complexity of the company’s 
businesses. No director holds share options in 
the company.

In 2019, none of the directors performed 
assignments for the company other than 
serving on the board of the company.

An overview of the directors’ remuneration 
is specified in note 6 to Wilhelmsen group 
accounts and note 2 to the parent company 
accounts, of which the latter includes an 
overview of shares in company owned or 
controlled by the individual director.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

12. Remuneration of executive personnel 
A statement on the remuneration for senior 
executives is provided in note 16 of the annual 
accounts. An advisory vote is to be held at 
the annual general meeting concerning the 
statement.

The remuneration of senior executives 
is further detailed in note 6 to the group 
accounts and note 2 to the parent company 
accounts.

Deviations from the Code of Practice: None

13. Information and communication 
The board has established an investor 
relations policy which is published on the 
company’s website. The policy complies with 
the Oslo Børs Code of Practice for IR 
of 1 March 2017.

According to the policy, Wilhelmsen will 
publish interim reports each quarter in 
addition to half-year and annual reports. 
In 2019, two of the quarterly reports were 
covered through webcast presentations which 
included a Q&A session.

The investor relations policy further states 
that the main source of information about the 
Wilhelmsen group is the Wilhelmsen website, 

131

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Reduce
marine litter
and pollution

At the World Economic Forum in 2016, it was argued that there will be 
more plastic than fish in the sea by 2050. The oceans are our business, 
and we want to secure healthy and productive oceans for generations 
to come. Our ship management division has already implemented 
strict requirements for suppliers to vessels, regarding plastics and also 
initiated an industry-wide roundtable on reducing plastics in vessel 
operations. We have, however, a lot more work to do in this area. We 
continue to systematically go through our products and services and 
partner with other stakeholders to actively reduce marine litter 
and pollution across both our own and our customer’s value chains.

Reduce

marine litter

and pollution

6
Corporate
structure

Group
management
team

From left:
Benedicte Teigen Gude
(SVP HR and communications)

Thomas Wilhelmsen
(group CEO)

Jan Eyvin Wang
(SVP Industrial investments)

Christian Berg
(group CFO)

136

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019137

GroupCorporate governanceWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Corporate structure

As	of	31	December	2019

WWH	group

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway

Wallenius
Wilhelmsen	ASA,
Norway	37.82%

Treasure	ASA,
Norway
73.46%

Wilhelmsen	Maritime
Services	AS,
Norway

Unless otherwise stated, the company is wholly-owned.

Holding	and	investments	segment

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen
Holding	Invest	AS,
Norway

WilService	AS,
Norway

Wilhelmsen	Accounting
Services	AS,
Norway

Wilhelmsen	GRC
Sdn.Bhd.

WilNor	Governmental
Services	AS,
Norway	51%

Wallenius	Wilhelmsen	
ASA	37.82%

Treasure	ASA
73.46%

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	
Holding	Invest	AS

Wilhelmsen	
GRC	Sdn.Bhd.

WilService	AS,
Norway

Wilhelmsen
Accounting	Services	
AS,	Norway

Den	Norske	
Amerikalinje	AS

Hyundai	Glovis	Ltd
12.04%

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen
Holding	Invest
Malta	Ltd

Raa	LabsAS
100%

Massterly	AS
50%

Denholm	Port
Services	Ltd.
40%

Dolittle	AS
45.98%

Unless otherwise stated, the company is wholly-owned.

138

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019Supply	services	segment

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA, Norway

WilNor	Governmental	Services	AS
51%

Wilh.	Wilhelmsen	Holding	Invest	AS

NorSea	Group	AS
75.15%

For	group	company	list	sorted	by	business	area	see	below	list.

cont.	Supply	services	segment
Company name

Norsea Group

NorSea	Group	Australia	PTY	Ltd

NorSea	Denmark	A/S

NorSea	Wind	A/S

NorSea	Wind	GmBH

NorSea	Wind	Holding	AS

NorSea	Property	AS

NorSea	Operations	AS

Wilnor	Governmental	Services	AS

NorSea	Wind	Holding	AS

NorSea	Vestbase	AS

Vestbase	Eiendom	AS

Averøy	Eiendom	AS

Orvikan	Eiendom	AS

Mid-Nor	Yard	Service	AS

NorSea	Stordbase	AS

NorSea	Stavanger	AS

Maritime	Logistic	Services	AS

NorSea	Fighter	AS

NorSea	Eiendom	Dusavik	AS

NorSea	Eiendom	Tananger	AS

NorSea	Tananger	107	AS

Tananger	Eiendom	AS

Nsg	Digital	As

Polarbase	Eiendom	AS

NorSea	Polarbase	AS

Maritime	Waste	Management	AS*

NorSea	Norbase	AS

Country

Australia

Denmark

Denmark

Germany	

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Ownership %

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

66.00%

95.62%

95.14%

75.00%

75.00%

139

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019cont.	Supply	services	segment
Company name

NSG	Maritime	AS

Westport	AS

Dusavik	Utvikling	AS***

Coast	Center	Base	AS

SørSea	AS

Polarlift	AS

KS	Coast	Center	Base

Risavika	Eiendom	AS

Bring	Logistics	Polarbase	AS

Eldøyane	Næringspark	AS

Risavika	Havnering	14	AS

Strandparken	Holding	AS**

Logiteam	AS****

CCB	Subsea	AS*****

Hammerfest	Næringsinvest	AS

Norsea	123	Ltd.	

NorSea	UK	Ltd

NorSea	Wind	Ltd

Country

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Scotland

Scotland

United	Kingdom	

Ownership %

78.00%

66.66%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

50.00%

49.75%

42.00%

41.00%

37.97%

33.33%

33.07%

17.00%

17.00%

32.26%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

*  NorSea Group Operations AS owns 50% of Maritime Waste Management AS, remaining 50% is owned by Coast Center Base AS. 
  NorSea Group Operations AS owns 50% of Coast Center Base AS. Total direct and indirect NorSea Group AS owns 75% of Maritime Waste Management AS. 

**  Polarbase Eiendom AS owns 25% of Strandparken Holding AS. Polarbase Eiendom AS owns 32.26% of Hammerfest Næringsinvest AS. Hammerfest Næringsinvest AS 

  owns 25% of Strandparken Holding AS. Total direct and indirect NorSea Group AS owns 33.07 % of Strandparken Holding AS. 

  ***   NSG own 40% of Dusavik Utvikling AS. K2 owns 60% of Dusavik Utvikling. NorSea Eiendom dusavik owns 16.83% of K2.
  ****   NSG Operation 17%, CCB 51%. 
 *****   NSG Operation 17%, CCB 51%. 

Investments in subsidiaries and associates are measured according to cost method in the financial statements. 
In the consolidated accounts associated companies are measured according to the equity method.

Maritime	services	segment

Wilhelmsen Maritime Services AS, Norway

Wilhelmsen
Ships	Service

Wilhelmsen	Ships
Service	AS,	
Norway

Wilhelmsen	Ship
Management

Wilhelmsen	Ship
Management	
Holding	Ltd,	Hong	Kong

For	group	company	list	sorted	by	business	areas	see	below	list.

Wilhelmsen	Insurance	Services	AS

Business area

Legal entity

Unless otherwise stated, the company is wholly-owned.

140

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
cont.	Maritime	services	segment
Company name

Wilhelmsen Maritime Services

Wilhelmsen	Insurance	Services	AS

Wilhelmsen Ship Management 

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Serviços	Marítimos	do	Brasil	Ltda

NSG	Wind	A/S

NorSea	Wind	A/S

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	d.o.o.

Diana	Wilhelmsen	Management	Limited

NorSea	Wind	GmBH

BWW	LPG	Limited	(formerly	known	as	Aurora	Wilhelmsen	Management	Limited)

Barklav	(Hong	Kong)	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	(Hong	Kong)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Holding	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Limited

WSM	Global	Services	Limited	

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	(India)	Private	Limited

BWW	LPG	Sdn	Bhd	(formerly	known	as	Aurora	Wilhelmsen	Management	Limited)

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Services	Sdn	Bhd

NorSea	Wind	Holding	AS

Barber	Moss	Ship	Management	AS

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	(Norway)	AS

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	(Norway)	AS

OOPS	(Panama)	SA

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	Manning	Inc

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	Sp	z.o.o.

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Korea	Ltd

Barklav	SRL

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	Novorossiysk	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	Singapore	Pte	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Marine	Personnel	(Ukraine)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	(USA)	Inc

NorSea	Wind	Ltd	

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Management	UK	Limited

Wilhelmsen Ships Service

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Algeria	SPA	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Argentina	SA	

New	Wave	Maritime	Services	Pty	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Pty	Limited

WLB	Shipping	Pty	Ltd

WWHI	Property	Australia	Pty	Ltd

Almoayed	Wilhelmsen	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	NV	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	do	Brasil	Ltda

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Inc	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Agencia	Maritima	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Chile)	S.A.

Wilhelmsen	Huayang	Ships	Service	(Beijing)	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Huayang	Ships	Service	(Shanghai)	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Colombia	SAS	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Cote	d'Ivoire	SARL

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Cyprus	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	A/S

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Ecuador	SA	

Country

Norway

Brazil

Denmark	

Denmark	

Croatia

Cyprus

Germany	

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

Hong	Kong

India

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Panama

Philippines

Poland

Republic	of	Korea

Romania

Russia

Singapore

Ukraine

United	States

United	Kingdom	

United	Kingdom

Algeria

Argentina

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Bahrain

Belgium

Brazil

Bulgaria

Canada

Chile

Chile

China

China

China

Colombia

Cote	d'Ivoire

Cyprus

Denmark

Ecuador	

Ownership %

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%	

49.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

25.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

40.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

141

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019cont.	Maritime	services	segment
Company name

Wilhelmsen Ships Service

Barwil	Arabia	Shipping	Agencies	SAE

Barwil	Egytrans	Shipping	Agencies	SAE	

Scan	Arabia	Shipping	Agencies	SAE

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	LLC	(Egypt)

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Oy	Ab

Auxiliaire	Maritime	SAS

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	France	SAS

Barwil	Georgia	Ltd	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Georgia	Ltd	

Barwil	Agencies	GmbH

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	GmbH

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Gibraltar)	Limited

Wiltrans	(Gilbraltar)	Limited

Barwil	Hellas	Ltd

Uniref	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Hellas	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	Private	Limited

Barwil	For	Maritime	Services	Co	Ltd	

Iraqi-Norwegian	Company	For	Marine	Navigation	and	Maritime	Services	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	SpA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Japan)	Pte	Ltd	-	Legal	Branch	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Ltd

Alghanim	Barwil	Shipping	Co-Kutayba	Yusuf	Ahmed	&	Partners	WLL		

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Lebanon	SAL

Wilhelmsen	Freight	&	Logistics	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	IT	Services	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Holdings	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Malaysia	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Trading	Sdn	Bhd

WSS	Global	Business	Services	Sdn	Bhd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Malta	Limited

Unitor	de	Mexico,	SA	de	CV

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Mozambique),	Limitada

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Myanmar)	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	BV

Unitor	Ships	Service	NV	Netherland	Anthilles

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Limited

Barwil	Agencies	AS

Wilhelmsen	Chemicals	AS	

Wilhelmsen	IT	Services	AS

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	AS

Wilhelmsen	Towell	Co	LLC

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Private)	Limited	

Barwil	Agencies	SA

Intertransport	Air	Logistics	SA

Lowill	SA

Scan	Cargo	Services	SA

Transcanal	Agency	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	SA

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	(Subic)	Inc	

Wilhelmsen-Smith	Bell	Shipping	Inc	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Philippines	Inc

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Polska	Sp	z.o.o.

Wilhelmsen	Business	Services	Center	Sp.	z.o.o.

Argomar-Navegcao	e	Transportes	SA

142

Country

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt

Finland

France

France

Georgia

Georgia

Germany

Germany

Gibraltar

Gibraltar

Greece

Greece

Greece

Hong	Kong

India

Iraq

Iraq

Italy

Japan

Japan

Kenya

Kuwait

Lebanon

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malta

Mexico

Mozambique

Myanmar

Netherlands

Netherlands	Antilles

New	Zealand

Norway

Norway

Norway

Norway

Oman

Pakistan

Panama

Panama

Panama

Panama

Panama

Panama

Philippines

Philippines

Philippines

Poland

Poland

Portugal

Ownership %

35.00%

49.00% *

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

60.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00%

49.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

60.00%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

50.00%

40.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019cont.	Maritime	services	segment
Company name

Wilhelmsen Ships Service

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Portugal,	S.A

Perez	Torres	Portugal	Lda

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Services	Qatar	Ltd	

Wilhelmsen	Hyopwoon	Ships	Service	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Services	Co	Ltd

Barwil	Star	Agencies	SRL	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	OOO

Limited	Liability	Company	“Wilhelmsen	Marine	Products”	

Ocean	Shipping	Co.	Ltd

Barwil	Agencies	Ltd	For	Shipping	

Binzagr	Barwil	Maritime	Transport	Co	Ltd	

Nagliyat	Al-Saudia	Co	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Senegal	SUARL

Unitor	Cylinder	Pte	Ltd	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Japan)	Pte	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(S)	Pte	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Global	Husbandry	Services	Pte.	Ltd.	

Timm	Slovakia	s.r.o

Barwil	(South	Africa)	Pty	Ltd

Krew-Barwil	(Pty)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Services	(Pty)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Services	South	Africa	(Pty)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Canarias	SA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Spain	SAU

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	AB

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Inc

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Services	Ltd	

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(Thailand)	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Denizcilik	Hizmetleri	Ltd	Sirketi

Wilhelmsen	Lojistick	Hizmetleri	Ltd	Sirketi

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Ukraine	Ltd

Barwil	Dubai	LLC	

Wilhelmsen	Ship	Services	LLC	

Triangle	Shipping	Agencies	LLC

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	AS	(Dubai	Branch)	

Wilhelmsen	Maritime	Services	JAFZA

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	(LLC)

Denholm	Wilhelmsen	Ltd

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Limited

Wilhelmsen	Ships	Service	Inc

Unitor	Holding	Inc.	

Wilhelmsen	Sunnytrans	Co	Ltd	(formerly	known	as	Barwil-Sunnytrans	Co	Ltd)

International	Shipping	Co	Ltd

* Additional profit share agreement

Country

Portugal

Portugal

Qatar

Republic	of	Korea

Republic	of	Korea

Romania

Russia

Russia

Sudan

Saudi	Arabia

Saudi	Arabia

Saudi	Arabia	

Senegal

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Slovakia

South	Africa

South	Africa

South	Africa

South	Africa

Spain

Spain

Sweden

Taiwan

Tanzania

Thailand

Turkey

Turkey

Ukraine

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Arab	Emirates	

United	Kingdom

United	Kingdom

United	States

United	States

Vietnam

Yemen

Ownership %

100.00%

50.00%

0.00% *

50.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

0.00% *

70.00%

50.00%

0.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00%

100.00%

70.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

42.50%

49.00% *

100.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

40.00%

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

49.00% *

0.00% *

143

GroupCorporate structureWilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA Annual Report 2019wilhelmsen.com

E
b
e
r
l
i

n

P
h
o
t
o
s
b
y
H
a
n
s
F
r
e
d
r
i
k
A
s
b
ø
r
n
s
e
n

j

(

E
x
c
e
p
t
p
a
g
e
s
1
4
–
1
5
L
M
G
M
a
r
i
n
a
n
d
p
a
g
e
3
5
W
h
e
m
s
e
n
g
r
o
u
p
a
r
c
h
v
e

i
l

i

l

)

Wilh. Wilhelmsen Holding ASA
Phone: (+47) 67 58 40 00

Postal address:
PO Box 33, NO-1324
Lysaker, Norway

Visiting address:
Strandveien 20, NO-1366
Lysaker, Norway

Follow us on Twitter | Facebook | LinkedIn | Instagram